Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Machine Learning

653 missions · 435 completed

The science of systems that learn from data and experience. Its scope runs from the statistical and mathematical foundations of learning, including generalization, expressivity, and computational limits, through the design of learning algorithms, deep learning, reinforcement learning, and probabilistic methods, to the empirical study of large models and the trustworthiness, interpretability, and societal impact of learned systems.

Missions

Open218Completed435All653
OptimizationProbabilityReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Convergence of Policy Gradient Methods to (Almost) Locally Optimal Policies: Random-Horizon Policy Gradient with Robbins–Monro Stepsizes Drives the Policy Gradient to Zero Almost SurelyResearch Paper

Motivation

Policy gradient methods are the main family of reinforcement learning algorithms that search directly over a parameterized class of stochastic policies πθ\pi_\thetaπθ​, θ∈Rd\theta\in\mathbb R^dθ∈Rd, by stochastic gradient ascent on the expected discounted return. They underlie REINFORCE, actor-critic methods and their deep-learning descendants. The return is a nonconvex function of θ\thetaθ, and the gradient is available only through Monte Carlo samples of trajectories, so the basic question is what the iterates of such a method converge to.

Classical analyses of actor-critic algorithms (Konda and Tsitsiklis, 2003) use the ODE method of stochastic approximation and assume that the gradient estimate is unbiased. In the infinite-horizon discounted setting, a trajectory of finite length cannot by itself produce an unbiased sample of the gradient. Zhang, Koppel, Zhu and Başar (arXiv:1906.08383, SIAM J. Control Optim. 58(6), 2020) resolve this with random horizons: drawing the trajectory lengths from geometric distributions makes the resulting estimate exactly unbiased and almost surely bounded. They then prove convergence of the resulting random-horizon policy gradient (RPG) algorithm with the supermartingale convergence theorem, an optimization argument that also yields rates. This mission formalizes that first part of the paper (§2–§4 and App. A.1–A.4). The paper's later results on escaping saddle points are not part of it.

Setting

A finite Markov decision process is a tuple (S,A,P,R,γ)(\mathcal S,\mathcal A,P,R,\gamma)(S,A,P,R,γ): finite state and action sets, transition probabilities P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a), rewards R(s,a)R(s,a)R(s,a) and a discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1). A stochastic policy π\piπ gives a probability vector π(⋅∣s)\pi(\cdot\mid s)π(⋅∣s) on A\mathcal AA at each state. Its value Vπ(s)=E(∑t≥0γtR(st,at)∣s0=s)V_\pi(s)=\mathbb E\big(\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^tR(s_t,a_t)\mid s_0=s\big)Vπ​(s)=E(∑t≥0​γtR(st​,at​)∣s0​=s) and Q-function Qπ(s,a)Q_\pi(s,a)Qπ​(s,a) are the expected discounted returns from a state, respectively a state-action pair.

A parameterized policy assigns to each θ∈Rd\theta\in\mathbb R^dθ∈Rd a policy πθ\pi_\thetaπθ​. Fix an initial state s0s_0s0​. The objective is

J(θ)=Vπθ(s0),max⁡θ∈RdJ(θ).J(\theta)=V_{\pi_\theta}(s_0),\qquad \max_{\theta\in\mathbb R^d}J(\theta).J(θ)=Vπθ​​(s0​),θ∈Rdmax​J(θ).

The score function is ∇θlog⁡πθ(a∣s)\nabla_\theta\log\pi_\theta(a\mid s)∇θ​logπθ​(a∣s). The discounted state-occupancy measure is ρπθ(s)=(1−γ)∑t≥0γtp(st=s∣s0,πθ)\rho_{\pi_\theta}(s)=(1-\gamma)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^tp(s_t=s\mid s_0,\pi_\theta)ρπθ​​(s)=(1−γ)∑t≥0​γtp(st​=s∣s0​,πθ​), and ρθ(s,a)=ρπθ(s)πθ(a∣s)\rho_\theta(s,a)=\rho_{\pi_\theta}(s)\pi_\theta(a\mid s)ρθ​(s,a)=ρπθ​​(s)πθ​(a∣s).

Assumption 3.1 asks for ∣R(s,a)∣≤UR|R(s,a)|\le U_R∣R(s,a)∣≤UR​ and for a differentiable policy whose score exists, is LΘL_\ThetaLΘ​-Lipschitz in θ\thetaθ and is bounded in norm by BΘ>0B_\Theta>0BΘ​>0. Two constants recur below:

L=URLΘ(1−γ)2+(1+γ)URBΘ2(1−γ)3,ℓ^=BΘUR(1−γ)(1−γ1/2).L=\frac{U_RL_\Theta}{(1-\gamma)^2}+\frac{(1+\gamma)U_RB_\Theta^2}{(1-\gamma)^3},\qquad \hat\ell=\frac{B_\Theta U_R}{(1-\gamma)(1-\gamma^{1/2})}.L=(1−γ)2UR​LΘ​​+(1−γ)3(1+γ)UR​BΘ2​​,ℓ^=(1−γ)(1−γ1/2)BΘ​UR​​.

The RPG algorithm (Algorithm 3) works as follows at the current iterate θk\theta_kθk​:

  1. Draw a horizon T∼Geom(1−γ)T\sim\mathrm{Geom}(1-\gamma)T∼Geom(1−γ) and simulate s0,a0,…,sT,aTs_0,a_0,\dots,s_T,a_Ts0​,a0​,…,sT​,aT​ under πθk\pi_{\theta_k}πθk​​.
  2. From the last pair (sT,aT)(s_T,a_T)(sT​,aT​), the subroutine EstQ draws an independent T′∼Geom(1−γ1/2)T'\sim\mathrm{Geom}(1-\gamma^{1/2})T′∼Geom(1−γ1/2), rolls out T′T'T′ further steps and returns Q^=∑t=0T′γt/2R(st,at)\hat Q=\sum_{t=0}^{T'}\gamma^{t/2}R(s_t,a_t)Q^​=∑t=0T′​γt/2R(st​,at​).
  3. Update
θk+1=θk+αk∇^J(θk),∇^J(θ)=11−γQ^ ∇log⁡πθ(aT∣sT).\theta_{k+1}=\theta_k+\alpha_k\hat\nabla J(\theta_k),\qquad \hat\nabla J(\theta)=\frac{1}{1-\gamma}\hat Q\,\nabla\log\pi_\theta(a_T\mid s_T).θk+1​=θk​+αk​∇^J(θk​),∇^J(θ)=1−γ1​Q^​∇logπθ​(aT​∣sT​).

Assumption 4.1 is the Robbins–Monro condition ∑kαk=∞\sum_k\alpha_k=\infty∑k​αk​=∞, ∑kαk2<∞\sum_k\alpha_k^2<\infty∑k​αk2​<∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2, in the form its proof establishes

Under Assumptions 3.1 and 4.1, almost surely

lim⁡k→∞∥∇J(θk)∥=0,\lim_{k\to\infty}\|\nabla J(\theta_k)\|=0,k→∞lim​∥∇J(θk​)∥=0,

and almost surely every cluster point θˉ\bar\thetaθˉ of (θk)(\theta_k)(θk​) satisfies ∇J(θˉ)=0\nabla J(\bar\theta)=0∇J(θˉ)=0. The page states the conclusion as "lim⁡kθk∈Θ∗\lim_k\theta_k\in\Theta^*limk​θk​∈Θ∗", where Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗ is the set of stationary points. Read literally, that asserts convergence of θk\theta_kθk​, which fails when JJJ has no stationary point at all (one state, two actions, a softmax policy). The goal states what the proof on p. 30 concludes.

Milestones

  1. ∣Qπ(s,a)∣,∣Vπ(s)∣≤UR/(1−γ)|Q_\pi(s,a)|,|V_\pi(s)|\le U_R/(1-\gamma)∣Qπ​(s,a)∣,∣Vπ​(s)∣≤UR​/(1−γ) (p. 6).
  2. The policy gradient theorem (3.4): ∇J(θ)=11−γE(s,a)∼ρθ[∇log⁡πθ(a∣s)Qπθ(s,a)]\nabla J(\theta)=\frac1{1-\gamma}\mathbb E_{(s,a)\sim\rho_\theta}[\nabla\log\pi_\theta(a\mid s)Q_{\pi_\theta}(s,a)]∇J(θ)=1−γ1​E(s,a)∼ρθ​​[∇logπθ​(a∣s)Qπθ​​(s,a)].
  3. Lemma 3.2: ∇J\nabla J∇J is LLL-Lipschitz.
  4. Theorem 3.4, ∇^J\hat\nabla J∇^J clauses: E∇^J(θ)=∇J(θ)\mathbb E\hat\nabla J(\theta)=\nabla J(\theta)E∇^J(θ)=∇J(θ), ∥∇J(θ)∥≤BΘUR/(1−γ)2\|\nabla J(\theta)\|\le B_\Theta U_R/(1-\gamma)^2∥∇J(θ)∥≤BΘ​UR​/(1−γ)2, ∥∇^J(θ)∥≤ℓ^\|\hat\nabla J(\theta)\|\le\hat\ell∥∇^J(θ)∥≤ℓ^ a.s.
  5. Lemma A.1: the ascent inequality (A.23), and Wk=J(θk)−Lℓ^2∑j≥kαj2W_k=J(\theta_k)-L\hat\ell^2\sum_{j\ge k}\alpha_j^2Wk​=J(θk​)−Lℓ^2∑j≥k​αj2​ is a bounded submartingale with E[Wk+1∣Fk]≥Wk+αk∥∇J(θk)∥2\mathbb E[W_{k+1}\mid\mathcal F_k]\ge W_k+\alpha_k\|\nabla J(\theta_k)\|^2E[Wk+1​∣Fk​]≥Wk​+αk​∥∇J(θk​)∥2.
  6. (A.26): ∑kαk∥∇J(θk)∥2<∞\sum_k\alpha_k\|\nabla J(\theta_k)\|^2<\infty∑k​αk​∥∇J(θk​)∥2<∞ a.s.
  7. (A.27): lim inf⁡k∥∇J(θk)∥=0\liminf_k\|\nabla J(\theta_k)\|=0liminfk​∥∇J(θk​)∥=0 a.s.

Companion: Corollary 4.4 in its explicit form (A.37)

With constant stepsize α>0\alpha>0α>0 and Assumption 3.1 only, for every k≥1k\ge1k≥1,

1k∑m=1kE∥∇J(θm)∥2≤1kα⋅2UR1−γ+Lαℓ^2.\frac1k\sum_{m=1}^k\mathbb E\|\nabla J(\theta_m)\|^2\le\frac{1}{k\alpha}\cdot\frac{2U_R}{1-\gamma}+L\alpha\hat\ell^2.k1​m=1∑k​E∥∇J(θm​)∥2≤kα1​⋅1−γ2UR​​+Lαℓ^2.

Significance

The theorem shows that Monte Carlo policy gradient, with a sampling scheme that can be implemented from simulated trajectories alone, behaves like an exact stochastic gradient method on a smooth nonconvex objective. It needs no ODE approximation, no two-timescale critic and no assumption that the estimate is unbiased: unbiasedness is proved (Theorem 3.4). The same estimates give the finite-time bound of Corollary 4.4 and are the starting point of the paper's second part, which adds perturbations to escape saddle points.

To our knowledge none of these results has been machine-checked. The mission's work is to formalize the known proof: the infinite-horizon policy gradient theorem with a vector parameter, the smoothness bound with its explicit constant, the exact law of the random-horizon estimator and its moments, and the supermartingale argument. The formal statements also repair three misprints of the source: the conclusion of Theorem 4.2, the tail ∑j=k∞αk2\sum_{j=k}^\infty\alpha_k^2∑j=k∞​αk2​ of (A.22), which is read as ∑j≥kαj2\sum_{j\ge k}\alpha_j^2∑j≥k​αj2​, and the O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) of Corollary 4.4, which is replaced by its explicit form (A.37).

Difficulty

Each step of the argument is standard on paper. The work is in the parts that the paper treats in one line:

  • Unbiasedness. It rests on two separate identities. The law of the last state of a Geom(1−γ)\mathrm{Geom}(1-\gamma)Geom(1−γ)-length trajectory is ρπθ\rho_{\pi_\theta}ρπθ​​. A γ1/2\gamma^{1/2}γ1/2-discounted sum over a Geom(1−γ1/2)\mathrm{Geom}(1-\gamma^{1/2})Geom(1−γ1/2) horizon has the mean of a γ\gammaγ-discounted infinite sum. Both are exchanges of infinite sums over trajectories of unbounded length.
  • Smoothness. Lemma 3.2 requires differentiating JJJ twice through an infinite series of policy-dependent transition matrices, with bounds uniform in θ\thetaθ.
  • The final step. (A.26) and the non-summability of the stepsizes give only lim inf⁡∥∇J(θk)∥=0\liminf\|\nabla J(\theta_k)\|=0liminf∥∇J(θk​)∥=0. Upgrading this to a limit needs a separate pathwise argument, which uses the Lipschitz continuity of ∇J\nabla J∇J and the almost sure convergence of the martingale part of the iterates. The tempting first idea, that a summable series with non-summable weights forces its terms to zero, is false.

Formalization scope

  • Finite case. The state and action spaces are finite types. The paper also allows compact real vector spaces; this mission does not cover them. Values, Q-functions and occupation probabilities are the published FoundationsML layer (PolicyValue, QFunction, OccupationDist, IsPolicy, IsTransitionKernel). Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), and ∇\nabla∇ is Mathlib's gradient.
  • Assumption 3.1 includes πθ(a∣s)>0\pi_\theta(a\mid s)>0πθ​(a∣s)>0: this is the reading of "the score function exists", since log⁡0\log 0log0 is a junk value in Lean. It also states LΘ≥0L_\Theta\ge0LΘ​≥0, which is implicit in "LΘL_\ThetaLΘ​-Lipschitz".
  • The algorithm is encoded by its exact sampling law. rpgLaw θ is the law of ∇^J(θ)\hat\nabla J(\theta)∇^J(θ), built from the geometric horizons, the trajectory probabilities and EstQ. A run is a filtered probability space carrying θk\theta_kθk​ and gkg_kgk​ with θk+1=θk+αkgk\theta_{k+1}=\theta_k+\alpha_kg_kθk+1​=θk​+αk​gk​ on every path, θk\theta_kθk​ adapted, and the conditional law of gkg_kgk​ given Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ equal to rpgLaw θ_k.
  • Ruled out. Postulating an abstract "unbiased bounded oracle" in place of rpgLaw would assume Theorem 3.4 and turn the goal into generic SGD; that encoding is ruled out. A sorry-free example shows that the run hypothesis is satisfiable and that rpgLaw is a probability measure.
  • Stepsizes and limits. The stepsizes are positive; the page says only "stepsize", and its proofs divide by αk\alpha_kαk​. Divergence of ∑αk\sum\alpha_k∑αk​ is Tendsto of the partial sums to +∞+\infty+∞. "Cluster point" is MapClusterPt.
  • Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone, in particular the infinite-horizon policy gradient theorem with vector parameters and the unbiasedness of rpgLaw. These are reusable for every Monte Carlo policy gradient analysis.

Selected references

  • K. Zhang, A. Koppel, H. Zhu, T. Başar, Global Convergence of Policy Gradient Methods to (Almost) Locally Optimal Policies, SIAM J. Control Optim. 58(6), 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.08383 (v3 is the source of this mission)
  • R. S. Sutton, D. McAllester, S. Singh, Y. Mansour, Policy Gradient Methods for Reinforcement Learning with Function Approximation, NeurIPS 1999. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/1713-policy-gradient-methods-for-reinforcement-learning-with-function-approximation
  • V. R. Konda, J. N. Tsitsiklis, On Actor-Critic Algorithms, SIAM J. Control Optim. 42(4), 2003. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012901385691
  • D. P. Bertsekas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Gradient Convergence in Gradient Methods with Errors, SIAM J. Optim. 10(3), 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623497331063
  • H. Robbins, D. Siegmund, A Convergence Theorem for Non Negative Almost Supermartingales and Some Applications, in Optimizing Methods in Statistics, 1971. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
17 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On Nonconvex Optimization for Machine Learning: Gradients, Stochasticity, and Saddle Points 2: Perturbed GD (Variant) Makes Half Its Iterates ε-Second-Order Stationary within Õ(ℓΔ_f/ε²) IterationsResearch Paper

Why saddle points matter for nonconvex learning

Training a model in machine learning usually means minimizing a nonconvex function f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R with first-order methods. Finding a global minimum of a general nonconvex function is NP-hard, so the classical guarantee for gradient descent (GD), xt+1=xt−η∇f(xt)x_{t+1}=x_t-\eta\nabla f(x_t)xt+1​=xt​−η∇f(xt​), is weaker: with step size η=1/ℓ\eta=1/\ellη=1/ℓ it reaches a point with ∥∇f(x)∥≤ε\|\nabla f(x)\|\le\varepsilon∥∇f(x)∥≤ε within ℓ(f(x0)−f⋆)/ε2\ell(f(x_0)-f^\star)/\varepsilon^2ℓ(f(x0​)−f⋆)/ε2 iterations, independently of the dimension (Nesterov, 1998). Such a point can be a saddle point. For many learning problems (matrix sensing and completion, phase retrieval, dictionary learning, tensor decomposition), every approximate second-order stationary point is an approximate global minimum, so an algorithm that avoids saddle points solves the problem.

Jin, Netrapalli, Ge, Kakade and Jordan (arXiv:1902.04811, J. ACM 2021) show that simple perturbed versions of GD and SGD find approximate second-order stationary points in essentially the number of iterations GD needs for first-order stationarity, up to polylogarithmic factors in the dimension. Their §5 gives a short, self-contained proof for a variant of perturbed GD (Algorithm 4). That proof is the subject of this mission.

Timeline:

  • 2015: Ge, Huang, Jin and Yuan show that noisy SGD escapes strict saddle points in polynomial time.
  • 2017: Jin, Ge, Netrapalli, Kakade and Jordan (ICML) prove that perturbed GD finds an ε\varepsilonε-second-order stationary point in O~(ℓΔf/ε2)\tilde O(\ell\Delta_f/\varepsilon^2)O~(ℓΔf​/ε2) iterations, with a geometric argument on the "stuck region".
  • 2019: arXiv:1902.04811 extends this to SGD and simplifies the deterministic proof through the improve or localize lemma (Lemma 21). §5 of that paper is formalized here.

Setting

Let f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R, d≥1d\ge1d≥1, with gradient ∇f\nabla f∇f and Hessian ∇2f\nabla^2 f∇2f; ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the Euclidean norm on vectors and the spectral norm on matrices. Assumption A: fff is ℓ\ellℓ-gradient Lipschitz, ∥∇f(x1)−∇f(x2)∥≤ℓ∥x1−x2∥\|\nabla f(x_1)-\nabla f(x_2)\|\le\ell\|x_1-x_2\|∥∇f(x1​)−∇f(x2​)∥≤ℓ∥x1​−x2​∥, and ρ\rhoρ-Hessian Lipschitz, ∥∇2f(x1)−∇2f(x2)∥≤ρ∥x1−x2∥\|\nabla^2f(x_1)-\nabla^2f(x_2)\|\le\rho\|x_1-x_2\|∥∇2f(x1​)−∇2f(x2​)∥≤ρ∥x1​−x2​∥. A point xxx is an ε\varepsilonε-second-order stationary point (ε\varepsilonε-SOSP) if

∥∇f(x)∥≤εand∇2f(x)⪰−ρε I.\|\nabla f(x)\|\le\varepsilon\qquad\text{and}\qquad\nabla^2 f(x)\succeq-\sqrt{\rho\varepsilon}\,I .∥∇f(x)∥≤εand∇2f(x)⪰−ρε​I.

Write f⋆=inf⁡ff^\star=\inf ff⋆=inff and Δf=f(x0)−f⋆\Delta_f=f(x_0)-f^\starΔf​=f(x0​)−f⋆.

Algorithm 4 (Perturbed GD, Variant). With step size η\etaη, radius rrr, time interval T\mathscr TT and tolerance ε\varepsilonε, start with tperturb=0t_{\text{perturb}}=0tperturb​=0. At iteration ttt: if ∥∇f(xt)∥≤ε\|\nabla f(x_t)\|\le\varepsilon∥∇f(xt​)∥≤ε and t−tperturb>Tt-t_{\text{perturb}}>\mathscr Tt−tperturb​>T, replace xtx_txt​ by xt−ηξtx_t-\eta\xi_txt​−ηξt​ with ξt∼Uniform(B0(r))\xi_t\sim\mathrm{Uniform}(B_0(r))ξt​∼Uniform(B0​(r)) and set tperturb=tt_{\text{perturb}}=ttperturb​=t; then xt+1=xt−η∇f(xt)x_{t+1}=x_t-\eta\nabla f(x_t)xt+1​=xt​−η∇f(xt​). The parameters are those of Eq. (6):

η=1ℓ,r=ε400ι3,T=ℓρε ι,F=150ι3ε3ρ,S=14ιερ,\eta=\frac1\ell,\quad r=\frac{\varepsilon}{400\iota^3},\quad\mathscr T=\frac{\ell}{\sqrt{\rho\varepsilon}}\,\iota,\quad\mathscr F=\frac{1}{50\iota^3}\sqrt{\frac{\varepsilon^3}{\rho}},\quad\mathscr S=\frac{1}{4\iota}\sqrt{\frac{\varepsilon}{\rho}},η=ℓ1​,r=400ι3ε​,T=ρε​ℓ​ι,F=50ι31​ρε3​​,S=4ι1​ρε​​,

where ι\iotaι is a logarithmic factor, and ω=22−ιℓS\omega=2^{2-\iota}\ell\mathscr Sω=22−ιℓS.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 18

For T=⌈8max⁡{ΔfT/F, Δf/(ηε2)}⌉T=\lceil 8\max\{\Delta_f\mathscr T/\mathscr F,\ \Delta_f/(\eta\varepsilon^2)\}\rceilT=⌈8max{Δf​T/F, Δf​/(ηε2)}⌉ (which equals ⌈400ι4ℓΔf/ε2⌉\lceil400\iota^4\ell\Delta_f/\varepsilon^2\rceil⌈400ι4ℓΔf​/ε2⌉) and every ι≥1\iota\ge1ι≥1 with

Tℓdρε ι228−ι≤δ,\frac{T\ell\sqrt d}{\sqrt{\rho\varepsilon}}\,\iota^2 2^{8-\iota}\le\delta,ρε​Tℓd​​ι228−ι≤δ,

with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ over the perturbations,

#{t<T: xt is an ε-SOSP} ≥ T/2.\#\{t<T:\ x_t\text{ is an }\varepsilon\text{-SOSP}\}\ \ge\ T/2 .#{t<T: xt​ is an ε-SOSP} ≥ T/2.

The paper writes the count as O~(ℓΔf/ε2)\tilde O(\ell\Delta_f/\varepsilon^2)O~(ℓΔf​/ε2) with ι=clog⁡(dℓΔf/(ρεδ))\iota=c\log(d\ell\Delta_f/(\rho\varepsilon\delta))ι=clog(dℓΔf​/(ρεδ)).

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 19 (descent): f(xt+1)−f(xt)≤−η∥∇f(xt)∥2/2f(x_{t+1})-f(x_t)\le-\eta\|\nabla f(x_t)\|^2/2f(xt+1​)−f(xt​)≤−η∥∇f(xt​)∥2/2 for η≤1/ℓ\eta\le1/\ellη≤1/ℓ.
  2. Lemma 21 (improve or localize): ∥xτ−x0∥≤2ηt(f(x0)−f(xt))\|x_\tau-x_0\|\le\sqrt{2\eta t(f(x_0)-f(x_t))}∥xτ​−x0​∥≤2ηt(f(x0​)−f(xt​))​ for t≥τ>0t\ge\tau>0t≥τ>0.
  3. Lemma 22 (coupling sequence): if λmin⁡(∇2f(x~))≤−ρε\lambda_{\min}(\nabla^2f(\tilde x))\le-\sqrt{\rho\varepsilon}λmin​(∇2f(x~))≤−ρε​ and two GD runs start within ηr\eta rηr of x~\tilde xx~, ηr0\eta r_0ηr0​ apart along the bottom eigenvector with r0>ωr_0>\omegar0​>ω, one of them decreases fff by F\mathscr FF within T\mathscr TT steps.
  4. Volume display (§5, proof of Lemma 20, p. 15): w Vol(B0d−1(a))/Vol(B0d(a))=waπΓ(d/2+1)Γ(d/2+1/2)≤wad/πw\,\mathrm{Vol}(\mathbb B^{d-1}_0(a))/\mathrm{Vol}(\mathbb B^d_0(a))=\frac{w}{a\sqrt\pi}\frac{\Gamma(d/2+1)}{\Gamma(d/2+1/2)}\le\frac wa\sqrt{d/\pi}wVol(B0d−1​(a))/Vol(B0d​(a))=aπ​w​Γ(d/2+1/2)Γ(d/2+1)​≤aw​d/π​.
  5. Lemma 20 (escaping saddle points): at x~\tilde xx~ with ∥∇f(x~)∥≤ε\|\nabla f(\tilde x)\|\le\varepsilon∥∇f(x~)∥≤ε and λmin⁡≤−ρε\lambda_{\min}\le-\sqrt{\rho\varepsilon}λmin​≤−ρε​,
P(f(xT)−f(x~)≤−F/2)≥1−ℓdρε ι228−ιfor x0=x~+ηξ.\mathbb P\bigl(f(x_{\mathscr T})-f(\tilde x)\le-\mathscr F/2\bigr)\ge1-\frac{\ell\sqrt d}{\sqrt{\rho\varepsilon}}\,\iota^22^{8-\iota}\quad\text{for }x_0=\tilde x+\eta\xi .P(f(xT​)−f(x~)≤−F/2)≥1−ρε​ℓd​​ι228−ιfor x0​=x~+ηξ.

Significance

The result. Theorem 18 says that adding occasional small random perturbations to gradient descent costs only a polylogarithmic factor over the first-order rate ℓΔf/ε2\ell\Delta_f/\varepsilon^2ℓΔf​/ε2 and buys second-order stationarity. Combined with the landscape results above, it gives polynomial-time guarantees for gradient methods on those learning problems. Lemma 20, on its own, is a quantitative statement that strict saddle points are unstable under perturbed GD; Lemmas 21 and 22 are reusable tools for any analysis of first-order methods near saddle points.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none of them is formalized. A formal development would give machine-checked versions of the descent lemma for Hessian-Lipschitz functions, the improve-or-localize lemma, the coupling argument and the probabilistic escape bound. It would also settle the issue disclosed under Formalization scope.

Difficulty

Lemmas 19 and 21 are short. The difficulty is in Lemma 22 and Lemma 20. The obvious approach, linearizing GD around the saddle and following the unstable eigendirection, fails because the stuck region (starting points that do not escape within T\mathscr TT steps) has no simple shape once fff is not quadratic. The coupling argument controls the difference of two runs instead. It needs an induction in which the non-quadratic error term stays below half of the leading term for all T\mathscr TT steps, with the constants of Eq. (6) used exactly (2ηρST=1/22\eta\rho\mathscr S\mathscr T=1/22ηρST=1/2). Lemma 20 then turns a statement about pairs of points into a measure bound: a set whose every line parallel to e1e_1e1​ meets it in a segment of length at most ηω\eta\omegaηω has volume at most ηω\eta\omegaηω times the (d−1)(d-1)(d−1)-volume of the ball. In Lean this needs Fubini over a rotated coordinate system and measurability of the stuck region. Theorem 18 requires a probabilistic accounting over the whole run, under the product law of the perturbations.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with d≥1d\ge1d≥1. The Hessian is fderiv ℝ (gradient f) x, the derivative of the gradient map, with the operator norm. Statements about λmin⁡\lambda_{\min}λmin​ use the quadratic form: λmin⁡(H)≤−c\lambda_{\min}(H)\le-cλmin​(H)≤−c is "some unit vvv has ⟨Hv,v⟩≤−c\langle Hv,v\rangle\le-c⟨Hv,v⟩≤−c", and H⪰−cIH\succeq-cIH⪰−cI is "⟨Hv,v⟩≥−c∥v∥2\langle Hv,v\rangle\ge-c\|v\|^2⟨Hv,v⟩≥−c∥v∥2 for all vvv". Uniform(B0(r))\mathrm{Uniform}(B_0(r))Uniform(B0​(r)) is normalized Lebesgue measure on the open ball. Algorithm 4 is a deterministic function of the perturbation vectors, which have the product law on (Rd)T(\mathbb R^d)^T(Rd)T. The ttt-th iterate is the point tested at the start of iteration ttt, and "half of its iterations" counts t∈{0,…,T−1}t\in\{0,\dots,T-1\}t∈{0,…,T−1}. Probability statements bound the failure event from above.

The paper's O~(⋅)\tilde O(\cdot)O~(⋅) is instantiated as the proof does:

  • the parameters are exactly Eq. (6), and T=⌈8max⁡{ΔfT/F,Δf/(ηε2)}⌉T=\lceil8\max\{\Delta_f\mathscr T/\mathscr F,\Delta_f/(\eta\varepsilon^2)\}\rceilT=⌈8max{Δf​T/F,Δf​/(ηε2)}⌉ (p. 16);
  • ι\iotaι is any real ≥1\ge1≥1 satisfying the proof's condition (Tℓd/ρε)ι228−ι≤δ(T\ell\sqrt d/\sqrt{\rho\varepsilon})\iota^22^{8-\iota}\le\delta(Tℓd​/ρε​)ι228−ι≤δ, in place of ι=clog⁡(dℓΔf/(ρεδ))\iota=c\log(d\ell\Delta_f/(\rho\varepsilon\delta))ι=clog(dℓΔf​/(ρεδ)). The printed argument of the logarithm changes under rescaling x↦λxx\mapsto\lambda xx↦λx while every quantity in the proof does not, so the printed choice can give ι≤0\iota\le0ι≤0;
  • T\mathscr TT is a natural number equal to ℓι/ρε\ell\iota/\sqrt{\rho\varepsilon}ℓι/ρε​, with no rounding, because the proof uses xTx_{\mathscr T}xT​ and 2ηρST=1/22\eta\rho\mathscr S\mathscr T=1/22ηρST=1/2 exactly;
  • ℓ≥ρε\ell\ge\sqrt{\rho\varepsilon}ℓ≥ρε​ (footnote 1, p. 14), ι≥1\iota\ge1ι≥1, η>0\eta>0η>0 and fff bounded below are the standing assumptions of §5.

A Hessian not tied to fff, an arbitrary unit vector in place of the bottom eigenvector in Lemma 22, a per-realization or existential statement in place of the product-law probability, or a vacuous ι\iotaι would each trivialize the statements; none is used.

Disclosed gap. The proof of Theorem 18 (p. 16) bounds the number of perturbations by applying Lemma 20 at each one. Algorithm 4 also perturbs at points that are already ε\varepsilonε-SOSPs, where Lemma 20 does not apply, and the T\mathscr TT iterations after such a perturbation are not counted. The goal is posed as printed; a solver who finds it false should report this in the discussion. The milestones do not depend on the gap.

Needed infrastructure: second-order Taylor bounds for Hessian-Lipschitz functions, symmetry of the Hessian and existence of a bottom eigenvector, volumes of Euclidean balls (in Mathlib through Γ\GammaΓ), a Fubini-type slicing bound for sets of bounded width along a direction, and measurability of the GD iterates. The volume-ratio and slicing lemmas are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative proofs, are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Jin, P. Netrapalli, R. Ge, S. M. Kakade, M. I. Jordan, On Nonconvex Optimization for Machine Learning: Gradients, Stochasticity, and Saddle Points, arXiv:1902.04811v2 (2019); J. ACM 68(2), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1902.04811
  • C. Jin, R. Ge, P. Netrapalli, S. M. Kakade, M. I. Jordan, How to Escape Saddle Points Efficiently, ICML 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.00887
  • R. Ge, F. Huang, C. Jin, Y. Yuan, Escaping From Saddle Points — Online Stochastic Gradient for Tensor Decomposition, COLT 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1503.02101
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Programming, Volume I: Basic Course, 1998; Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • Y. Nesterov, B. T. Polyak, Cubic regularization of Newton method and its global performance, Math. Program. 108 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-006-0706-8
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Fast Rates for Contextual Linear Optimization 1: Under the Margin Condition, ERM over a Policy Class of Natarajan Dimension η Has Regret O(B(η log(|Z∠|+1) log(n+1)/n)^((1+α)/(2+α)))Research Paper

Motivation

Many operational decisions are linear programs whose cost vector is uncertain but partly predictable: shortest-path routing with uncertain travel times, portfolio choice with uncertain returns, shipment planning with uncertain costs. Before deciding, one observes features XXX (traffic, market signals) correlated with the costs YYY. Contextual linear optimization asks for a policy mapping features to decisions that minimizes the conditional expected cost, learned from past data (X1,Y1),…,(Xn,Yn)(X_1, Y_1), \dots, (X_n, Y_n)(X1​,Y1​),…,(Xn​,Yn​).

Two families of methods compete. Estimate-then-optimize fits a regression of YYY on XXX and plugs it into the optimizer. Empirical risk minimization (ERM) and its "integrated" variants choose a policy directly to minimize the empirical decision cost. A widespread view holds that the integrated approach should win because it targets the decision cost. Hu, Kallus and Mao (arXiv:2011.03030, Management Science 2022) compare the two through their regret rates. Slow, noise-independent rates of order n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2 do not separate them. The separation appears under a margin (noise) condition controlling how often the problem is nearly dual-degenerate. This mission formalizes the paper's fast rate for ERM, Theorem 6.

Timeline. Margin conditions for classification go back to Mammen–Tsybakov (1999) and Tsybakov (2004); Massart–Nédélec (2006) obtained the corresponding fast rates for ERM over VC classes. El Balghiti, Elmachtoub, Grigas and Tewari (2019) gave slow generalization bounds for decision-focused losses in terms of the Natarajan dimension. Hu, Kallus and Mao (2020, revised 2021) proved the fast rate for ERM over policy classes of finite Natarajan dimension, a matching lower bound, and a faster rate for estimate-then-optimize.

Setting

The decision set is a polytope Z={z∈Rd:Az≤b}\mathcal Z = \{z \in \mathbb R^d : Az \le b\}Z={z∈Rd:Az≤b}, nonempty, with ∥z∥≤B\|z\| \le B∥z∥≤B on Z\mathcal ZZ for some B>0B > 0B>0; Z∠\mathcal Z^\angleZ∠ is its finite set of extreme points. The pair (X,Y)∈Rp×Rd(X, Y) \in \mathbb R^p \times \mathbb R^d(X,Y)∈Rp×Rd has ∥Y∥≤1\|Y\| \le 1∥Y∥≤1, and f∗(x)=E[Y∣X=x]f^*(x) = \mathbb E[Y \mid X = x]f∗(x)=E[Y∣X=x]. The optimal set at xxx is Z∗(x)=arg⁡min⁡z∈Zf∗(x)⊤z\mathcal Z^*(x) = \arg\min_{z \in \mathcal Z} f^*(x)^\top zZ∗(x)=argminz∈Z​f∗(x)⊤z.

A policy is a map π:Rp→Z∠\pi : \mathbb R^p \to \mathcal Z^\angleπ:Rp→Z∠. A data-driven policy π^\hat\piπ^ maps a sample D\mathcal DD of nnn i.i.d. draws to a policy, and its regret is

Regret(π^)=EDEX[f∗(X)⊤π^(X)−min⁡z∈Zf∗(X)⊤z].\mathrm{Regret}(\hat\pi) = \mathbb E_{\mathcal D}\mathbb E_X\bigl[f^*(X)^\top\hat\pi(X) - \min_{z \in \mathcal Z} f^*(X)^\top z\bigr].Regret(π^)=ED​EX​[f∗(X)⊤π^(X)−z∈Zmin​f∗(X)⊤z].

Given a class Π\PiΠ of policies, π^ΠERM\hat\pi^{\mathrm{ERM}}_\Piπ^ΠERM​ returns a member of Π\PiΠ minimizing 1n∑iYi⊤π(Xi)\frac1n\sum_i Y_i^\top\pi(X_i)n1​∑i​Yi⊤​π(Xi​).

The gap Δ(x)\Delta(x)Δ(x) is the difference between the best value over suboptimal extreme points and the optimal value, set to 000 when every point of Z\mathcal ZZ is optimal. Assumption 2 (noise condition) with parameters α,γ≥0\alpha, \gamma \ge 0α,γ≥0 requires

PX(0<Δ(X)≤δ)≤(γδ/B)αfor all δ>0.\mathbb P_X\bigl(0 < \Delta(X) \le \delta\bigr) \le (\gamma\delta/B)^\alpha \qquad \text{for all } \delta > 0.PX​(0<Δ(X)≤δ)≤(γδ/B)αfor all δ>0.

The Natarajan dimension of Π\PiΠ is the largest kkk for which there are points x1,…,xkx_1, \dots, x_kx1​,…,xk​ and labels si≠si′s_i \ne s'_isi​=si′​ such that every pattern of choices between sis_isi​ and si′s'_isi′​ is realized by some π∈Π\pi \in \Piπ∈Π.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6

If Assumption 2 holds, P(∣Z∗(X)∣>1)=0\mathbb P(|\mathcal Z^*(X)| > 1) = 0P(∣Z∗(X)∣>1)=0, Π\PiΠ has Natarajan dimension at most η\etaη, and Π\PiΠ contains an optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗, then for a constant C(α,γ)C(\alpha, \gamma)C(α,γ) depending only on α,γ\alpha, \gammaα,γ,

Regret(π^ΠERM)≤C(α,γ) B(ηlog⁡(∣Z∠∣+1)log⁡(n+1)n)1+α2+α.\mathrm{Regret}(\hat\pi^{\mathrm{ERM}}_\Pi) \le C(\alpha, \gamma)\,B\left(\frac{\eta\log(|\mathcal Z^\angle| + 1)\log(n + 1)}{n}\right)^{\frac{1+\alpha}{2+\alpha}}.Regret(π^ΠERM​)≤C(α,γ)B(nηlog(∣Z∠∣+1)log(n+1)​)2+α1+α​.

The constant is existential and uniform over all dimensions, polytopes, distributions, classes, η\etaη and nnn; the goal fixes no numerical value.

Milestones

With d(π,π′)=1BEX[f∗(X)⊤(π′(X)−π(X))]d(\pi, \pi') = \frac1B\mathbb E_X[f^*(X)^\top(\pi'(X) - \pi(X))]d(π,π′)=B1​EX​[f∗(X)⊤(π′(X)−π(X))] and dΔ(π,π′)=PX(π(X)≠π′(X))d_\Delta(\pi, \pi') = \mathbb P_X(\pi(X) \ne \pi'(X))dΔ​(π,π′)=PX​(π(X)=π′(X)):

  1. Lemma 1: d(π∗,π)≤2dΔ(π∗,π)d(\pi^*, \pi) \le 2d_\Delta(\pi^*, \pi)d(π∗,π)≤2dΔ​(π∗,π) and dΔ(π∗,π)≤c1d(π∗,π)α/(α+1)d_\Delta(\pi^*, \pi) \le c_1 d(\pi^*, \pi)^{\alpha/(\alpha+1)}dΔ​(π∗,π)≤c1​d(π∗,π)α/(α+1) with c1=(αγα)−α/(α+1)(α+1)γαc_1 = (\alpha\gamma^\alpha)^{-\alpha/(\alpha+1)}(\alpha+1)\gamma^\alphac1​=(αγα)−α/(α+1)(α+1)γα.
  2. Lemma 2 (Bousquet's inequality): for a countable class bounded by Hˉ\bar HHˉ with second moments at most δ2\delta^2δ2, S−ESS - \mathbb E SS−ES exceeds 2(δ2+4HˉES)t/n+2Hˉt/(3n)\sqrt{2(\delta^2 + 4\bar H\mathbb E S)t/n} + 2\bar Ht/(3n)2(δ2+4HˉES)t/n​+2Hˉt/(3n) with probability at most e−te^{-t}e−t.
  3. Lemma 3: the localized excess-loss process satisfies ED[sup⁡h∈Hδ(Enh−EPh)]≤(1+2)C05ηlog⁡(∣Z∠∣2+1)log⁡(n+1)/n δ\mathbb E_{\mathcal D}[\sup_{h \in \mathcal H_\delta}(\mathbb E_n h - \mathbb E_P h)] \le (1+\sqrt2)C_0\sqrt{5\eta\log(|\mathcal Z^\angle|^2+1)\log(n+1)/n}\,\deltaED​[suph∈Hδ​​(En​h−EP​h)]≤(1+2​)C0​5ηlog(∣Z∠∣2+1)log(n+1)/n​δ for nnn above a threshold.
  4. Tail bound (proof of Theorem 6, p. 27): for t≥1t \ge 1t≥1, P(d(π∗,π^ΠERM)≥Kt(Vˉlog⁡(n+1)/n)(1+α)/(2+α))≤e−t\mathbb P(d(\pi^*, \hat\pi^{\mathrm{ERM}}_\Pi) \ge K t(\bar V\log(n+1)/n)^{(1+\alpha)/(2+\alpha)}) \le e^{-t}P(d(π∗,π^ΠERM​)≥Kt(Vˉlog(n+1)/n)(1+α)/(2+α))≤e−t with Vˉ=5ηlog⁡(∣Z∠∣2+1)\bar V = 5\eta\log(|\mathcal Z^\angle|^2+1)Vˉ=5ηlog(∣Z∠∣2+1) and n≥cVˉlog⁡(n+1)n \ge c\bar V\log(n+1)n≥cVˉlog(n+1).

Significance

Theorem 6 shows that the regret of ERM improves from n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2 to n−(1+α)/(2+α)n^{-(1+\alpha)/(2+\alpha)}n−(1+α)/(2+α) when the instance is rarely near dual degeneracy. With α=1\alpha = 1α=1, the generic case when XXX has a bounded density and f∗f^*f∗ is linear, the rate is n−2/3n^{-2/3}n−2/3. Theorem 7 of the same paper (mission 2 of this series) shows that the exponent is optimal for any method that uses only the policy class. Theorem 8 (mission 3) shows that estimate-then-optimize can reach n−(1+α)/2n^{-(1+\alpha)/2}n−(1+α)/2, which is the paper's case against the conventional preference for integrated methods.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof is known. Formalizing it adds a checked fast-rate theorem for a decision-focused learning method, a Lean statement of Bousquet's inequality in the form used throughout statistical learning theory, and a localized empirical-process bound for classes of finite Natarajan dimension.

Difficulty

The slow rate follows from uniform convergence of the empirical cost over Π\PiΠ. This argument cannot give more than n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2: it bounds the deviation of every policy by the same worst-case amount, ignoring that near-optimal policies have small variance. The fast rate needs a variance–mean relation (Lemma 1, which is where the noise condition and the uniqueness assumption P(∣Z∗(X)∣>1)=0\mathbb P(|\mathcal Z^*(X)| > 1) = 0P(∣Z∗(X)∣>1)=0 enter), a concentration inequality that exploits small variance (Lemma 2), and a localized complexity bound (Lemma 3), combined over shells of the class. Lemma 2 is itself a deep result whose known proofs go through the entropy method. Lemma 3 rests on chaining and on bounding the pseudo-dimension of the excess-loss class by the Natarajan dimension, neither of which is in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in the namespace FastCLO.ERM. Conventions:

  • Spaces are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k). The polytope is a structure carrying AAA, bbb, B>0B > 0B>0, nonemptiness and the bound ∥z∥≤B\|z\| \le B∥z∥≤B; ∣Z∠∣|\mathcal Z^\angle|∣Z∠∣ is the cardinality of Set.extremePoints, whose finiteness is a proof obligation, not a hypothesis.
  • The distribution is given by the law μ\muμ of XXX and a Markov kernel κ\kappaκ for YYY given XXX, with ∥Y∥≤1\|Y\| \le 1∥Y∥≤1 κ(x)\kappa(x)κ(x)-almost surely for every xxx; f∗f^*f∗ is the kernel mean; data are Measure.pi of μ⊗κ\mu \otimes \kappaμ⊗κ.
  • Regret is measured against the optimal value; this equals the paper's f∗(X)⊤(π^(X)−π∗(X))f^*(X)^\top(\hat\pi(X) - \pi^*(X))f∗(X)⊤(π^(X)−π∗(X)).
  • ERM is any selection from the empirical argmin over the whole class; the paper's tie-breaking order is not encoded. The ERM rule is assumed jointly measurable in the data and the feature (an added hypothesis, so that the regret is a genuine integral).
  • "π∗∈Π\pi^* \in \Piπ∗∈Π" means some member of Π\PiΠ is optimal at almost every xxx; "Natarajan dimension at most η\etaη" means Π\PiΠ does not shatter η+1\eta + 1η+1 points.
  • Added hypotheses: n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 wherever the paper divides by nnn; Hˉ>0\bar H > 0Hˉ>0 in Lemma 2; measurability of the supremum in Lemma 3; η≥1\eta \ge 1η≥1 in the tail bound (the paper's ϵn>0\epsilon_n > 0ϵn​>0). Constants (CCC, C0C_0C0​, KKK, ccc) are quantified before everything they are uniform over.

A statement in which the regret integrated the empirical cost instead of f∗f^*f∗, or in which ERM minimized over a subset of the class, or in which the constant could depend on the instance, would be a different theorem; the Lean statements rule these out by construction.

Needed infrastructure: Bousquet's (or Talagrand's) inequality, symmetrization and Dudley chaining for empirical processes, packing bounds for classes of finite pseudo-dimension, and the Natarajan-to-pseudo-dimension reduction. These are reusable far beyond this mission; contributions of any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Hu, N. Kallus, X. Mao, Fast Rates for Contextual Linear Optimization, Management Science, 2022; arXiv:2011.03030v3, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2011.03030
  • O. Bousquet, A Bennett concentration inequality and its application to suprema of empirical processes, Comptes Rendus Mathématique 334(6), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1631-073X(02)02292-6
  • P. Massart, É. Nédélec, Risk bounds for statistical learning, Annals of Statistics 34(5), 2006. https://doi.org/10.1214/009053606000000786
  • A. B. Tsybakov, Optimal aggregation of classifiers in statistical learning, Annals of Statistics 32(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1079120131
  • O. El Balghiti, A. N. Elmachtoub, P. Grigas, A. Tewari, Generalization Bounds in the Predict-then-Optimize Framework, NeurIPS 2019; arXiv:1905.11488. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.11488
  • B. K. Natarajan, On learning sets and functions, Machine Learning 4, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00114804
10 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Learning without Concentration: Least-Squares ERM in a Convex Class Is Within 2 max{α_N(γ, δ/4), βN(τQ{F−F}(2τ)/16)} of f* in L₂ under a Small-Ball ConditionResearch Paper

Motivation

Least-squares regression over a class of functions is the basic problem of statistical learning theory: given an i.i.d. sample (Xi,Yi)i=1N(X_i,Y_i)_{i=1}^N(Xi​,Yi​)i=1N​ from an unknown joint law, select a function in a class FFF whose prediction error E(f(X)−Y)2\mathbb E(f(X)-Y)^2E(f(X)−Y)2 is close to the best possible in FFF. The standard analysis of empirical risk minimization (ERM) compares empirical means with true means uniformly over the class, which requires the class and the target to concentrate: bounded functions, or sub-Gaussian tails. Heavy-tailed classes and targets, which arise as soon as the data are not bounded, fall outside that analysis.

S. Mendelson, Learning without Concentration (arXiv:1401.0304, J. ACM 62(3), 2015), showed that concentration is not needed for the lower half of the argument. The only property used for the quadratic part of the loss is a small-ball condition: functions in F−FF-FF−F are not too concentrated near zero. Under that condition, ERM over a closed convex class attains an error governed by two localized complexity parameters, one intrinsic to the class and one measuring its interaction with the noise. The same lower-bound mechanism appears, for random matrices, in Koltchinskii–Mendelson (arXiv:1312.3580); the localized complexity parameters follow Lecué–Mendelson (arXiv:1305.4825).

Setting

Let (Ω,μ)(\Omega,\mu)(Ω,μ) be a probability space and let (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) have joint law ν\nuν on Ω×R\Omega\times\mathbb RΩ×R, with X∼μX\sim\muX∼μ and EY2<∞\mathbb EY^2<\inftyEY2<∞. Let F⊂L2(μ)F\subset L_2(\mu)F⊂L2​(μ) be a closed, convex class of real functions on Ω\OmegaΩ, and let f∗∈Ff^*\in Ff∗∈F minimize E(f(X)−Y)2\mathbb E(f(X)-Y)^2E(f(X)−Y)2 over FFF. The noise is ξ=f∗(X)−Y\xi=f^*(X)-Yξ=f∗(X)−Y. Given an i.i.d. sample (Xi,Yi)i=1N(X_i,Y_i)_{i=1}^N(Xi​,Yi​)i=1N​ from ν\nuν, an empirical minimizer f^\hat ff^​ minimizes 1N∑i=1N(f(Xi)−Yi)2\frac1N\sum_{i=1}^N(f(X_i)-Y_i)^2N1​∑i=1N​(f(Xi​)−Yi​)2 over FFF. Let (εi)i=1N(\varepsilon_i)_{i=1}^N(εi​)i=1N​ be independent random signs, independent of the sample, and write F∩rDf∗={f∈F:∥f−f∗∥L2≤r}F\cap rD_{f^*}=\{f\in F:\|f-f^*\|_{L_2}\le r\}F∩rDf∗​={f∈F:∥f−f∗∥L2​​≤r}.

  • The small-ball function of a class HHH is QH(u)=inf⁡h∈HPr⁡(∣h(X)∣≥u∥h∥L2)Q_H(u)=\inf_{h\in H}\Pr(|h(X)|\ge u\|h\|_{L_2})QH​(u)=infh∈H​Pr(∣h(X)∣≥u∥h∥L2​​); it is applied to F−F={f−h:f,h∈F}F-F=\{f-h:f,h\in F\}F−F={f−h:f,h∈F}.
  • The intrinsic parameter (Definition 2.1) is
βN∗(γ)=inf⁡{r>0:Esup⁡f∈F∩rDf∗∣1N∑iεi(f−f∗)(Xi)∣≤γNr}.\beta^*_N(\gamma)=\inf\Bigl\{r>0:\mathbb E\sup_{f\in F\cap rD_{f^*}}\Bigl|\tfrac1{\sqrt N}\textstyle\sum_{i}\varepsilon_i(f-f^*)(X_i)\Bigr|\le\gamma\sqrt N r\Bigr\}.βN∗​(γ)=inf{r>0:Ef∈F∩rDf∗​sup​​N​1​∑i​εi​(f−f∗)(Xi​)​≤γN​r}.
  • The multiplier process (2.2) is ϕN(s)=sup⁡f∈F∩sDf∗∣1N∑iεiξi(f−f∗)(Xi)∣\phi_N(s)=\sup_{f\in F\cap sD_{f^*}}\bigl|\tfrac1{\sqrt N}\sum_i\varepsilon_i\xi_i(f-f^*)(X_i)\bigr|ϕN​(s)=supf∈F∩sDf∗​​​N​1​∑i​εi​ξi​(f−f∗)(Xi​)​ with ξi=f∗(Xi)−Yi\xi_i=f^*(X_i)-Y_iξi​=f∗(Xi​)−Yi​, and the noise parameter is
αN∗(γ,δ)=inf⁡{s>0:Pr⁡(ϕN(s)≤γs2N)≥1−δ}.\alpha^*_N(\gamma,\delta)=\inf\bigl\{s>0:\Pr(\phi_N(s)\le\gamma s^2\sqrt N)\ge1-\delta\bigr\}.αN∗​(γ,δ)=inf{s>0:Pr(ϕN​(s)≤γs2N​)≥1−δ}.
  • For the proof (§5), βN(H,γ)=inf⁡{r>0:Esup⁡h∈H∩rD∣1N∑iεih(Xi)∣≤γr}\beta_N(H,\gamma)=\inf\{r>0:\mathbb E\sup_{h\in H\cap rD}|\frac1N\sum_i\varepsilon_ih(X_i)|\le\gamma r\}βN​(H,γ)=inf{r>0:Esuph∈H∩rD​∣N1​∑i​εi​h(Xi​)∣≤γr}, with DDD the unit ball of L2(μ)L_2(\mu)L2​(μ), and HHH is star-shaped around 0 if λh∈H\lambda h\in Hλh∈H for all h∈Hh\in Hh∈H, 0<λ≤10<\lambda\le10<λ≤1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

Fix τ>0\tau>0τ>0 with QF−F(2τ)>0Q_{F-F}(2\tau)>0QF−F​(2τ)>0 and γ<τ2QF−F(2τ)/16\gamma<\tau^2Q_{F-F}(2\tau)/16γ<τ2QF−F​(2τ)/16. For every 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1, with probability at least 1−δ−exp⁡(−NQF−F2(2τ)/2)1-\delta-\exp(-NQ^2_{F-F}(2\tau)/2)1−δ−exp(−NQF−F2​(2τ)/2), every empirical minimizer satisfies

∥f^−f∗∥L2≤2max⁡{αN∗(γ,δ/4), βN∗(τQF−F(2τ)16)}.\|\hat f-f^*\|_{L_2}\le2\max\Bigl\{\alpha^*_N(\gamma,\delta/4),\ \beta^*_N\Bigl(\frac{\tau Q_{F-F}(2\tau)}{16}\Bigr)\Bigr\}.∥f^​−f∗∥L2​​≤2max{αN∗​(γ,δ/4), βN∗​(16τQF−F​(2τ)​)}.

The joint law, the class and the target are arbitrary subject to the hypotheses above; no boundedness, moment or tail condition beyond L2L_2L2​ is imposed.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Localization for a star-shaped class (§5, p. 20): r>βN(H,γ)r>\beta_N(H,\gamma)r>βN​(H,γ) implies Esup⁡h∈H∩rD∣1N∑iεih(Xi)∣≤γr\mathbb E\sup_{h\in H\cap rD}|\frac1N\sum_i\varepsilon_ih(X_i)|\le\gamma rEsuph∈H∩rD​∣N1​∑i​εi​h(Xi​)∣≤γr.
  2. βN∗(γ)=βN(F−f∗,γ)\beta^*_N(\gamma)=\beta_N(F-f^*,\gamma)βN∗​(γ)=βN​(F−f∗,γ) (§5, p. 20).
  3. Theorem 5.4 (p. 21), the uniform empirical small-ball estimate: for HHH in the unit sphere of L2(μ)L_2(\mu)L2​(μ), if Esup⁡h∈H∣1N∑iεih(Xi)∣≤τQH(2τ)/16\mathbb E\sup_{h\in H}|\frac1N\sum_i\varepsilon_ih(X_i)|\le\tau Q_H(2\tau)/16Esuph∈H​∣N1​∑i​εi​h(Xi​)∣≤τQH​(2τ)/16, then with probability at least 1−2exp⁡(−NQH2(2τ)/2)1-2\exp(-NQ_H^2(2\tau)/2)1−2exp(−NQH2​(2τ)/2), inf⁡h∈H∣{i:∣h(Xi)∣≥τ}∣≥NQH(2τ)/4\inf_{h\in H}|\{i:|h(X_i)|\ge\tau\}|\ge NQ_H(2\tau)/4infh∈H​∣{i:∣h(Xi​)∣≥τ}∣≥NQH​(2τ)/4.
  4. Corollary 5.5 (p. 22): the same estimate, ∣{i:∣h(Xi)∣≥τ∥h∥L2}∣≥NQH(2τ)/4|\{i:|h(X_i)|\ge\tau\|h\|_{L_2}\}|\ge NQ_H(2\tau)/4∣{i:∣h(Xi​)∣≥τ∥h∥L2​​}∣≥NQH​(2τ)/4, for every hhh of a star-shaped class with ∥h∥L2≥r>βN(H,τQH(2τ)/16)\|h\|_{L_2}\ge r>\beta_N(H,\tau Q_H(2\tau)/16)∥h∥L2​​≥r>βN​(H,τQH​(2τ)/16).
  5. F−f∗F-f^*F−f∗ is star-shaped when FFF is convex (proof of Theorem 5.3, p. 23).
  6. Theorem 5.3 (p. 21): estimate (5.1) for H=F−f∗H=F-f^*H=F−f∗.
  7. The projection inequality Eξ(f−f∗)(X)≥0\mathbb E\xi(f-f^*)(X)\ge0Eξ(f−f∗)(X)≥0 for f∈Ff\in Ff∈F (§5, p. 23).
  8. Display (5.3) (p. 23): with probability at least 1−2exp⁡(−NQF−F2(2τ)/2)1-2\exp(-NQ^2_{F-F}(2\tau)/2)1−2exp(−NQF−F2​(2τ)/2),
1N∑i=1N(f−f∗)2(Xi)≥τ24QF−F(2τ)∥f−f∗∥L22\frac1N\sum_{i=1}^N(f-f^*)^2(X_i)\ge\frac{\tau^2}4Q_{F-F}(2\tau)\|f-f^*\|^2_{L_2}N1​i=1∑N​(f−f∗)2(Xi​)≥4τ2​QF−F​(2τ)∥f−f∗∥L2​2​

for all f∈Ff\in Ff∈F with ∥f−f∗∥L2≥r\|f-f^*\|_{L_2}\ge r∥f−f∗∥L2​​≥r. 9. Display (5.5) (p. 24): a bound 4γα24\gamma\alpha^24γα2 on ∣PNξ(f−f∗)−Eξ(f−f∗)∣|P_N\xi(f-f^*)-\mathbb E\xi(f-f^*)|∣PN​ξ(f−f∗)−Eξ(f−f∗)∣ on the sphere ∥f−f∗∥L2=α\|f-f^*\|_{L_2}=\alpha∥f−f∗∥L2​​=α extends to 4γ∥f−f∗∥L224\gamma\|f-f^*\|^2_{L_2}4γ∥f−f∗∥L2​2​ outside it (deterministic).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 separates the error of ERM into a "low-noise" term βN∗\beta^*_NβN∗​, which depends on the class only and matches the realizable rate, and a "high-noise" term αN∗\alpha^*_NαN∗​, which depends on how the class correlates with the actual noise. Both are computable for heavy-tailed classes: the paper derives from it sharp rates for linear regression with heavy-tailed design and for the persistence problem in ℓ1n\ell_1^nℓ1n​ (§4). The small-ball lower bound (Theorem 5.4 and (5.3)) is reusable on its own: it gives lower isometry estimates for random matrices with heavy-tailed rows (the setting of Koltchinskii–Mendelson).

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of it has been machine-checked: there is no formal statement of Theorem 3.1, of the small-ball estimate, or of the localized parameters αN∗,βN∗\alpha^*_N,\beta^*_NαN∗​,βN∗​ in Lean. The mission produces the first formal statements of these objects, and a formal proof would also check the constants of the printed argument.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, a uniform law of large numbers for the squared loss over FFF, fails: without concentration, 1N∑i(f−f∗)2(Xi)\frac1N\sum_i(f-f^*)^2(X_i)N1​∑i​(f−f∗)2(Xi​) need not be close to ∥f−f∗∥L22\|f-f^*\|^2_{L_2}∥f−f∗∥L2​2​ uniformly, and an upper estimate is unavailable. The proof needs only a one-sided lower estimate, and the difficulty is to obtain it uniformly over an infinite, unbounded class from the small-ball condition alone, with a probability that is exponential in NNN. A second difficulty is the multiplier term 1N∑iξi(f−f∗)(Xi)\frac1N\sum_i\xi_i(f-f^*)(X_i)N1​∑i​ξi​(f−f∗)(Xi​), where the noise ξ\xiξ may be heavy-tailed and dependent on XXX; it must be controlled through the random-sign process defining αN∗\alpha^*_NαN∗​, not through a bound on ξ\xiξ. The standard tools involved (bounded differences, symmetrization, contraction for Bernoulli processes) are not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

All objects live in one definitions file, LearnNoConc.ERM.Setting. The conventions are:

  • The data are a joint law ν on Ω × ℝ; the law of XXX is ν.map Prod.fst. The sample is a point of Fin N → Ω × ℝ under Measure.pi; N≥1N\ge1N≥1 is assumed.
  • ∥⋅∥L2\|\cdot\|_{L_2}∥⋅∥L2​​ is eLpNorm · 2 μ, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The expectation over random signs is the average over all 2N2^N2N sign vectors.
  • Suprema and expectations of suprema are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (⨆, ‖·‖ₑ, lower Lebesgue integral), and αN∗,βN∗,βN\alpha^*_N,\beta^*_N,\beta_NαN∗​,βN∗​,βN​ are [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued infima, so an empty set of admissible radii gives +∞+\infty+∞ and a vacuous bound, as on the page. Defining inequalities are compared in the extended reals.
  • "With probability at least 1−p1-p1−p, AAA" is stated as "the outer probability of the complement of AAA is at most ppp".
  • The goal quantifies over every empirical minimizer, and f∗f^*f∗ is any minimizer of the risk over FFF.
  • Added, disclosed hypotheses: EY2<∞\mathbb EY^2<\inftyEY2<∞; every f∈Ff\in Ff∈F measurable; and pointwise separability of FFF (a countable subclass approximating every element pointwise and in L2L_2L2​), which stands in for the measurability of suprema the paper takes for granted. Without it the lower integral of a non-measurable supremum would make βN∗\beta^*_NβN∗​ smaller and the goal stronger than the paper.

A formalization in which an infimum over an empty set is 000, a supremum or an integral of a non-integrable function is truncated to 000, f∗f^*f∗ is an arbitrary element of FFF, or f^\hat ff^​ is one chosen minimizer would trivialize or change the statement; all of these are ruled out above.

A complete development needs McDiarmid's bounded differences inequality, Giné–Zinn symmetrization (in expectation and in probability), the Ledoux–Talagrand contraction inequality for Bernoulli processes, and the measurability theory of suprema over separable classes. These are reusable well beyond this mission, and contributions of any of them are welcome, as are proofs of the milestones independently of the goal.

Selected references

  • S. Mendelson, Learning without Concentration, J. ACM 62(3), Article 21, 2015. Preprint arXiv:1401.0304v2 (the version cited here). https://arxiv.org/abs/1401.0304, https://doi.org/10.1145/2699439
  • V. Koltchinskii, S. Mendelson, Bounding the smallest singular value of a random matrix without concentration, preprint, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1312.3580
  • G. Lecué, S. Mendelson, Learning subgaussian classes: Upper and minimax bounds, preprint, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1305.4825
  • A. W. van der Vaart, J. A. Wellner, Weak Convergence and Empirical Processes, Springer, 1996, §2.3.3 (pointwise separable classes). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-2545-2
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Functional AnalysisProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Generalization Properties of Learning with Random Features: Ridge Regression with c₀√n·log(108κ²√n/δ) Random Features Has Excess Risk at Most c₁·log²(18/δ)/√n with Probability 1 − δResearch Paper

Motivation

Kernel ridge regression is a standard nonparametric estimator with optimal statistical guarantees, but it needs the n×nn\times nn×n kernel matrix of the data: roughly O(n3)O(n^3)O(n3) time and O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) memory. Random features (Rahimi and Recht, NeurIPS 2007) replace the kernel by an average over MMM randomly sampled feature functions, turning the problem into ridge regression in dimension MMM, at cost O(nM2)O(nM^2)O(nM2) time and O(nM)O(nM)O(nM) memory. The question is how many features are needed before the statistical accuracy of the exact kernel method is lost.

The first statistical analysis of a random-features estimator (Rahimi and Recht, NeurIPS 2009), for Lipschitz losses over a ball of fixed radius, needs O(n)O(n)O(n) features to reach an O(1/n)O(1/\sqrt n)O(1/n​) bound. Rudi and Rosasco (arXiv:1602.04474, NeurIPS 2017) showed that MMM of order nlog⁡n\sqrt n\log nn​logn features already give the O(1/n)O(1/\sqrt n)O(1/n​) excess risk that exact kernel ridge regression attains with regularization λ=n−1/2\lambda=n^{-1/2}λ=n−1/2 (Caponnetto and De Vito 2007), assuming only that the best predictor in the reproducing kernel Hilbert space exists.

Setting

Let XXX be a separable input space and (Ω,π)(\Omega,\pi)(Ω,π) a probability space. A random feature is a function ψ:X×Ω→R\psi:X\times\Omega\to\mathbb Rψ:X×Ω→R, continuous in both variables with ∣ψ(x,ω)∣≤κ|\psi(x,\omega)|\le\kappa∣ψ(x,ω)∣≤κ for some κ≥1\kappa\ge1κ≥1. It defines the kernel

K(x,x′)=∫Ωψ(x,ω)ψ(x′,ω) dπ(ω),K(x,x')=\int_\Omega\psi(x,\omega)\psi(x',\omega)\,d\pi(\omega),K(x,x′)=∫Ω​ψ(x,ω)ψ(x′,ω)dπ(ω),

whose reproducing kernel Hilbert space is H\mathcal HH. Data (x1,y1),…,(xn,yn)(x_1,y_1),\dots,(x_n,y_n)(x1​,y1​),…,(xn​,yn​) are drawn i.i.d. from a probability ρ\rhoρ on X×RX\times\mathbb RX×R with ∣y∣≤b|y|\le b∣y∣≤b almost surely, b>0b>0b>0. The expected risk is E(f)=∫(f(x)−y)2 dρ(x,y)\mathcal E(f)=\int(f(x)-y)^2\,d\rho(x,y)E(f)=∫(f(x)−y)2dρ(x,y), and fH∈Hf_{\mathcal H}\in\mathcal HfH​∈H is a minimizer of E\mathcal EE over H\mathcal HH, assumed to exist.

Given features ω1,…,ωM\omega_1,\dots,\omega_Mω1​,…,ωM​ drawn i.i.d. from π\piπ, independently of the data, the feature map is ϕM(x)=M−1/2(ψ(x,ω1),…,ψ(x,ωM))\phi_M(x)=M^{-1/2}(\psi(x,\omega_1),\dots,\psi(x,\omega_M))ϕM​(x)=M−1/2(ψ(x,ω1​),…,ψ(x,ωM​)). With C^M=1n∑iϕM(xi)ϕM(xi)⊤\widehat C_M=\frac1n\sum_i\phi_M(x_i)\phi_M(x_i)^\topCM​=n1​∑i​ϕM​(xi​)ϕM​(xi​)⊤ and S^M⊤y^=1n∑iyiϕM(xi)\widehat S_M^\top\widehat y=\frac1n\sum_iy_i\phi_M(x_i)SM⊤​y​=n1​∑i​yi​ϕM​(xi​), the random-features ridge estimator with parameter λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 is

f^λ,M(x)=ϕM(x)⊤w^λ,M,w^λ,M=(C^M+λI)−1S^M⊤y^.\widehat f_{\lambda,M}(x)=\phi_M(x)^\top\widehat w_{\lambda,M},\qquad\widehat w_{\lambda,M}=(\widehat C_M+\lambda I)^{-1}\widehat S_M^\top\widehat y .f​λ,M​(x)=ϕM​(x)⊤wλ,M​,wλ,M​=(CM​+λI)−1SM⊤​y​.

In the Lean development these are kernelOf, featureMap, empCov, empCross, rfWeights, rfEstimator and risk in the namespace RFRidge.Basic.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

There are constants c0,c1>0c_0,c_1>0c0​,c1​>0, independent of nnn, λ\lambdaλ and δ\deltaδ, and a threshold n0n_0n0​ such that for every δ∈(0,1]\delta\in(0,1]δ∈(0,1] and n≥n0n\ge n_0n≥n0​, with λn=n−1/2\lambda_n=n^{-1/2}λn​=n−1/2 and

Mn=c0n log⁡108κ2nδM_n=c_0\sqrt n\,\log\frac{108\kappa^2\sqrt n}{\delta}Mn​=c0​n​logδ108κ2n​​

features, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ over the data and the features,

E(f^λn,Mn)−E(fH)≤c1log⁡218δn.\mathcal E(\widehat f_{\lambda_n,M_n})-\mathcal E(f_{\mathcal H})\le\frac{c_1\log^2\frac{18}{\delta}}{\sqrt n}.E(f​λn​,Mn​​)−E(fH​)≤n​c1​log2δ18​​.

The constants are existential: the paper prints them without values, and the values in its appendix are not established by the printed proof. The goal therefore asserts the shape of the bound, which survives any later improvement of the constants.

Milestones

The proof goes through an analytic decomposition of the excess risk on L2(X,ρX)L^2(X,\rho_X)L2(X,ρX​) followed by concentration. The milestones are the results of that proof that are stated as printed:

  1. Lemma 1: the integral operator LLL of KKK equals ∫ψω⊗ψω dπ(ω)\int\psi_\omega\otimes\psi_\omega\,d\pi(\omega)∫ψω​⊗ψω​dπ(ω).
  2. Lemma 2: the component of the regression function orthogonal to the range of LLL is invisible to every random-features predictor, almost surely.
  3. Proposition 4 (Cordes), Proposition 9 (interpolation ∥XAσ∥≤∥X∥1−σ∥XA∥σ\|XA^\sigma\|\le\|X\|^{1-\sigma}\|XA\|^\sigma∥XAσ∥≤∥X∥1−σ∥XA∥σ) and Proposition 8 (a multiplicative bound between regularized operators).
  4. Lemma 5: the bound on the approximation error under the source condition Pfρ=LrgPf_\rho=L^rgPfρ​=Lrg. Lemmas 3 and 4 remain draft items, but are omitted from the milestone list because the PDF text layer corrupts their displayed equations and the mechanical verbatim checker rejects the exact visual transcription.
  5. Propositions 1 and 2: Bernstein inequalities for real random variables and for random vectors in a Hilbert space.

Significance

Theorem 1 shows that, in the basic setting, random features reduce the cost of kernel ridge regression from O(n3)O(n^3)O(n3) time and O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) memory to O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) and O(nn)O(n\sqrt n)O(nn​) without losing the minimax-optimal O(1/n)O(1/\sqrt n)O(1/n​) rate. It is the reference result on the statistical cost of random-features approximations, and the same decomposition yields the paper's faster rates under source and capacity conditions (Theorems 2 and 3) and the analysis of data-dependent feature sampling.

To the best of the mission's knowledge, none of these results has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires real infrastructure: integral operators on L2L^2L2 defined by a kernel with an integral representation, operator inequalities for the continuous functional calculus, and Bernstein inequalities in Hilbert spaces. The Bernstein inequalities and the operator inequalities (Cordes, interpolation, Proposition 8) are reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The obvious argument controls sup⁡x,x′∣KM(x,x′)−K(x,x′)∣\sup_{x,x'}|K_M(x,x')-K(x,x')|supx,x′​∣KM​(x,x′)−K(x,x′)∣ uniformly and transfers it to the estimator. It needs MMM of order nnn to keep the O(1/n)O(1/\sqrt n)O(1/n​) rate, because a uniform kernel approximation ignores that the estimator only probes KKK through a regularized operator. Getting nlog⁡n\sqrt n\log nn​logn features requires comparing the integral operators LLL and LML_MLM​ relative to L+λIL+\lambda IL+λI, in the operator norm weighted by (L+λI)−1/2(L+\lambda I)^{-1/2}(L+λI)−1/2, and this needs fractional powers of operators, operator monotonicity and concentration of random operators. A second subtlety is that the regression function need not lie in the closure of H\mathcal HH; Lemma 2 shows that the orthogonal component does not affect any random-features estimator.

Formalization scope

All models are posed in Lean 4 with Mathlib. The input space is a separable topological space with its Borel σ-algebra, the feature space Ω\OmegaΩ is the type W, and ψ\psiψ is jointly continuous, jointly measurable for the product σ-algebra (an added hypothesis: without second countability it does not follow from continuity), and bounded by κ≥1\kappa\ge1κ≥1 everywhere. The RKHS is Mathlib's RKHS ℝ H X ℝ, tied to the kernel by RKHS.kernel H x x' 1 = K x x'. Samples and features are indexed from 000; the nnn samples and MnM_nMn​ features have the product law ρ⊗n⊗π⊗Mn\rho^{\otimes n}\otimes\pi^{\otimes M_n}ρ⊗n⊗π⊗Mn​, and MnM_nMn​ is rounded up. "With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" is "the failure event has probability at most δ\deltaδ", with δ∈(0,1]\delta\in(0,1]δ∈(0,1] and n≥1n\ge1n≥1.

Operators: the paper's Hilbert spaces are real, but Mathlib's continuous functional calculus for bounded operators, which defines AsA^sAs and (A+λI)−1/2(A+\lambda I)^{-1/2}(A+λI)−1/2, exists only on complex Hilbert spaces. The operator milestones are therefore posed on complex Hilbert spaces, and every inverse or power is the functional calculus of an explicit real function; the real statements follow by complexification. Lemmas 3–5 are stated for abstract positive operators satisfying exactly the relations their proofs use, and add r≤1r\le1r≤1 (the range of Assumption 6), without which Lemma 5 is false. Proposition 8 states β<1\beta<1β<1 as a conclusion. Lemma 3 corrects a sign in the exponent of CM,λC_{M,\lambda}CM,λ​: its display prints −1/2-1/2−1/2 where its proof uses +1/2+1/2+1/2; the printed bound fails for scalar operators.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal mentions only the estimator, the risk and fHf_{\mathcal H}fH​, never the operators of the proof, and its constants c0,c1c_0,c_1c0​,c1​ are fixed before δ\deltaδ and nnn, so they cannot absorb log⁡2(18/δ)\log^2(18/\delta)log2(18/δ) or n\sqrt nn​.

Not included: Theorem 4 (the analytic decomposition), Propositions 5 and 7 (which need Hilbert–Schmidt norms and traces), Lemmas 6–10 and Theorems 5–7 of Appendix A.3–A.4. Contributions of these intermediate results, of a Lean theory of integral operators of kernels, and of Hilbert-space concentration inequalities are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Rudi, L. Rosasco, Generalization Properties of Learning with Random Features, NeurIPS 2017; arXiv:1602.04474v5. https://arxiv.org/abs/1602.04474
  • A. Rahimi, B. Recht, Random Features for Large-Scale Kernel Machines, NeurIPS 2007. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/3182-random-features-for-large-scale-kernel-machines
  • A. Caponnetto, E. De Vito, Optimal Rates for the Regularized Least-Squares Algorithm, Foundations of Computational Mathematics 7, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-006-0196-8
  • A. Rahimi, B. Recht, Weighted Sums of Random Kitchen Sinks: Replacing Minimization with Randomization in Learning, NeurIPS 2008 (proceedings 2009). https://papers.nips.cc/paper/3495-weighted-sums-of-random-kitchen-sinks-replacing-minimization-with-randomization-in-learning
  • H. O. Cordes, Spectral Theory of Linear Differential Operators and Comparison Algebras, Cambridge University Press, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511662836
11 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions 3: The Projected Stochastic Subgradient Method Is an Approximate Descent Method on the Moreau Envelope for Any StepsizesResearch Paper

Motivation

The projected stochastic subgradient method minimizes an expected loss f(x)=Eξ∼P[f(x,ξ)]f(x) = \mathbb E_{\xi\sim P}[f(x,\xi)]f(x)=Eξ∼P​[f(x,ξ)] over a closed convex set XXX: it samples a data point, steps against a sampled subgradient, and projects back onto XXX. For convex fff its sample complexity has been known for decades, and for smooth nonconvex fff the stochastic gradient method needs O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4) samples to reach gradient norm ε\varepsilonε (Ghadimi–Lan 2013). Many problems in statistical learning and signal processing are neither convex nor smooth — robust phase retrieval, nonlinear regression with an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ loss, covariance estimation, conditional value-at-risk with smooth losses — but are weakly convex: they become convex after adding a quadratic ρ2∥x∥2\frac{\rho}{2}\|x\|^22ρ​∥x∥2.

Timeline. Nurminskii (1970s) showed that for weakly convex losses f(⋅,ξ)f(\cdot,\xi)f(⋅,ξ) and no constraint the stochastic subgradient method subsequentially converges to a stationary point almost surely, without a rate. Ghadimi and Lan (2013) proved the O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4) rate for smooth fff. Davis and Drusvyatskiy (arXiv:1803.06523, SIAM J. Optim. 2019) proved the first rate for the plain projected stochastic subgradient method on weakly convex problems, measured by the gradient of the Moreau envelope, and for any nonnegative stepsizes. This is Theorem 3.1 of their paper and the goal of this mission.

Setting

Work in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm. Let X⊆RdX \subseteq \mathbb R^dX⊆Rd be nonempty, closed and convex, and let f:Rd→Rf : \mathbb R^d \to \mathbb Rf:Rd→R be ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex (ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0): x↦f(x)+ρ2∥x∥2x \mapsto f(x) + \frac{\rho}{2}\|x\|^2x↦f(x)+2ρ​∥x∥2 is convex. The problem is

min⁡x∈Xf(x),i.e. min⁡xφ(x), φ=f+δX,\min_{x \in X} f(x), \qquad \text{i.e. } \min_x \varphi(x),\ \varphi = f + \delta_X,x∈Xmin​f(x),i.e. xmin​φ(x), φ=f+δX​,

where δX\delta_XδX​ is 000 on XXX and +∞+\infty+∞ off XXX.

The subdifferential ∂f(x)\partial f(x)∂f(x) is the set of vvv with f(y)≥f(x)+⟨v,y−x⟩+o(∥y−x∥)f(y) \ge f(x) + \langle v, y - x\rangle + o(\|y - x\|)f(y)≥f(x)+⟨v,y−x⟩+o(∥y−x∥) as y→xy \to xy→x. For λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 the Moreau envelope and the proximal point of φ\varphiφ are

φλ(x)=min⁡y∈X{f(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2},prox⁡λφ(x)=argmin⁡y∈X{f(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2}.\varphi_\lambda(x) = \min_{y \in X}\Big\{f(y) + \tfrac{1}{2\lambda}\|y - x\|^2\Big\}, \qquad \operatorname{prox}_{\lambda\varphi}(x) = \operatorname*{argmin}_{y \in X}\Big\{f(y) + \tfrac{1}{2\lambda}\|y - x\|^2\Big\}.φλ​(x)=y∈Xmin​{f(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2},proxλφ​(x)=y∈Xargmin​{f(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2}.

Assumption A (stochastic subgradient oracle): on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal F, P)(Ω,F,P) one can draw i.i.d. samples ξ0,ξ1,⋯∼P\xi_0, \xi_1, \dots \sim Pξ0​,ξ1​,⋯∼P (A1); there are an open set U⊇XU \supseteq XU⊇X and a measurable map GGG with Eξ[G(x,ξ)]∈∂f(x)\mathbb E_\xi[G(x,\xi)] \in \partial f(x)Eξ​[G(x,ξ)]∈∂f(x) for all x∈Ux \in Ux∈U (A2); and Eξ∥G(x,ξ)∥2≤L2\mathbb E_\xi\|G(x,\xi)\|^2 \le L^2Eξ​∥G(x,ξ)∥2≤L2 for all x∈Xx \in Xx∈X (A3).

Algorithm 3.1 with r=δXr = \delta_Xr=δX​ starts at x0∈Xx_0 \in Xx0​∈X and, for t=0,…,Tt = 0, \dots, Tt=0,…,T, samples ξt\xi_tξt​ and sets xt+1=proj⁡X(xt−αtG(xt,ξt))x_{t+1} = \operatorname{proj}_X(x_t - \alpha_t G(x_t, \xi_t))xt+1​=projX​(xt​−αt​G(xt​,ξt​)) with stepsizes αt≥0\alpha_t \ge 0αt​≥0. It returns xt∗x_{t^*}xt∗​ with t∗t^*t∗ drawn from {0,…,T}\{0, \dots, T\}{0,…,T} with probability αt/∑iαi\alpha_t / \sum_i \alpha_iαt​/∑i​αi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1, (3.4) and (3.5)

For every ρˉ>ρ\bar\rho > \rhoρˉ​>ρ and any stepsizes αt≥0\alpha_t \ge 0αt​≥0 with ∑tαt>0\sum_t \alpha_t > 0∑t​αt​>0,

E[∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt∗)∥2]≤ρˉρˉ−ρ⋅(φ1/ρˉ(x0)−min⁡φ)+ρˉL22∑t=0Tαt2∑t=0Tαt,\mathbb E\big[\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_{t^*})\|^2\big] \le \frac{\bar\rho}{\bar\rho - \rho}\cdot\frac{\big(\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_0) - \min\varphi\big) + \frac{\bar\rho L^2}{2}\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t^2}{\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t},E[∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt∗​)∥2]≤ρˉ​−ρρˉ​​⋅∑t=0T​αt​(φ1/ρˉ​​(x0​)−minφ)+2ρˉ​L2​∑t=0T​αt2​​,

and with αt=γ/T+1\alpha_t = \gamma/\sqrt{T+1}αt​=γ/T+1​, γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0,

E[∥∇φ1/(2ρ)(xt∗)∥2]≤2⋅(φ1/(2ρ)(x0)−min⁡φ)+ρL2γ2γT+1.\mathbb E\big[\|\nabla\varphi_{1/(2\rho)}(x_{t^*})\|^2\big] \le 2\cdot\frac{\big(\varphi_{1/(2\rho)}(x_0) - \min\varphi\big) + \rho L^2\gamma^2}{\gamma\sqrt{T+1}}.E[∥∇φ1/(2ρ)​(xt∗​)∥2]≤2⋅γT+1​(φ1/(2ρ)​(x0​)−minφ)+ρL2γ2​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.1 (p. 10): for a closed proper φ\varphiφ, weak convexity, the approximate secant inequality (2.4), the subgradient inequality (2.5) and hypomonotonicity of ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ are equivalent.
  2. §3.1, display after (3.8) (pp. 13–14; the display starts on p. 13 and ends on p. 14): for x∈Xx \in Xx∈X and x^=prox⁡φ/ρˉ(x)\hat x = \operatorname{prox}_{\varphi/\bar\rho}(x)x^=proxφ/ρˉ​​(x), f(x)−f(x^)−ρ2∥x−x^∥2≥(ρˉ−ρ)∥x−x^∥2=ρˉ−ρρˉ2∥∇φ1/ρˉ(x)∥2f(x) - f(\hat x) - \frac{\rho}{2}\|x - \hat x\|^2 \ge (\bar\rho - \rho)\|x - \hat x\|^2 = \frac{\bar\rho - \rho}{\bar\rho^2}\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x)\|^2f(x)−f(x^)−2ρ​∥x−x^∥2≥(ρˉ​−ρ)∥x−x^∥2=ρˉ​2ρˉ​−ρ​∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(x)∥2.
  3. Lemma 2.2 (p. 11): for λ∈(0,ρ−1)\lambda \in (0, \rho^{-1})λ∈(0,ρ−1) the envelope φλ\varphi_\lambdaφλ​ is C1C^1C1 with ∇φλ(x)=λ−1(x−prox⁡λφ(x))\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x) = \lambda^{-1}(x - \operatorname{prox}_{\lambda\varphi}(x))∇φλ​(x)=λ−1(x−proxλφ​(x)).
  4. Theorem 3.1, (3.3) (p. 13): the one-step estimate
E[φ1/ρˉ(xt+1)]≤E[φ1/ρˉ(xt)]−αt(ρˉ−ρ)ρˉE[∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt)∥2]+αt2ρˉL22.\mathbb E\big[\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_{t+1})\big] \le \mathbb E\big[\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_t)\big] - \frac{\alpha_t(\bar\rho - \rho)}{\bar\rho}\mathbb E\big[\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_t)\|^2\big] + \frac{\alpha_t^2\bar\rho L^2}{2}.E[φ1/ρˉ​​(xt+1​)]≤E[φ1/ρˉ​​(xt​)]−ρˉ​αt​(ρˉ​−ρ)​E[∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt​)∥2]+2αt2​ρˉ​L2​.

Significance

The result. The gradient of the Moreau envelope is a near-stationarity measure: ∥∇φλ(x)∥\|\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x)\|∥∇φλ​(x)∥ small means that xxx is within λ∥∇φλ(x)∥\lambda\|\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x)\|λ∥∇φλ​(x)∥ of a point x^∈X\hat x \in Xx^∈X with f(x^)≤f(x)f(\hat x) \le f(x)f(x^)≤f(x) and dist⁡(0,∂φ(x^))≤∥∇φλ(x)∥\operatorname{dist}(0, \partial\varphi(\hat x)) \le \|\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x)\|dist(0,∂φ(x^))≤∥∇φλ​(x)∥. Theorem 3.1 therefore gives O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4) sample complexity for finding nearly stationary points of nonsmooth nonconvex constrained stochastic problems, matching the smooth case. Estimate (3.3) shows that the Moreau envelope is an approximate Lyapunov function for the method, and it holds for arbitrary nonnegative stepsizes; Theorem 3.4 of the same paper (the proximal extension) needs αt≤1/ρˉ\alpha_t \le 1/\bar\rhoαt​≤1/ρˉ​ and a worse constant.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. A formalization requires the Fréchet subdifferential of extended-valued functions, the Moreau envelope and its smoothness under weak convexity (Lemma 2.2, which the paper cites as standard rather than proving), and a measure-theoretic treatment of the iterates of a stochastic algorithm on a product probability space. Lemma 2.1 and Lemma 2.2 are reused by the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

The obvious approach — show that f(xt)f(x_t)f(xt​) decreases in expectation — fails: without smoothness, a subgradient step can increase fff by an amount of order αt\alpha_tαt​, not αt2\alpha_t^2αt2​, and no stepsize repairs that. The argument instead tracks the Moreau envelope, which is smooth even though fff is not; the difficulty moves into (i) Lemma 2.2, the C1C^1C1-smoothness of the envelope of a weakly convex function, which is a nontrivial piece of variational analysis, and (ii) the conditional-expectation bookkeeping that turns a one-sample estimate into (3.3) along the random iterates, including the integrability of φ1/ρˉ(xt)\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_t)φ1/ρˉ​​(xt​) and ∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt)∥2\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_t)\|^2∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt​)∥2, which the paper does not discuss.

Formalization scope

  • Carrier and encoding. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). An extended-valued function is encoded by its domain and its real values on the domain; φ=f+δX\varphi = f + \delta_Xφ=f+δX​ is the pair (X,f)(X, f)(X,f), and φλ\varphi_\lambdaφλ​ is moreauEnv X f lam, a real infimum over XXX. Lemma 2.2 supplies the attainment and differentiability under which this infimum is the paper's envelope.
  • The projection is a function proj constrained by the published nearest-point predicate SpectralProjGrad.Shared.IsProjOnto X proj. It is not the proximal-point predicate of αtδX\alpha_t\delta_Xαt​δX​, so that αt=0\alpha_t = 0αt​=0 remains meaningful; zero stepsizes are allowed, as in Algorithm 3.1.
  • Randomness. T+1T+1T+1 i.i.d. samples are a point of ΩT+1\Omega^{T+1}ΩT+1 under the product measure; E[⋅(xt∗)]\mathbb E[\cdot(x_{t^*})]E[⋅(xt∗​)] is the α\alphaα-weighted average of E[⋅(xt)]\mathbb E[\cdot(x_t)]E[⋅(xt​)], exactly as the paper's proof identifies it. Every bounded expectation comes with an integrability conclusion, since a Bochner integral of a non-integrable function is 000.
  • Added hypotheses. ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0 (implicit in φ1/(2ρ)\varphi_{1/(2\rho)}φ1/(2ρ)​ and in λ<ρ−1\lambda < \rho^{-1}λ<ρ−1 of Lemma 2.2); ∑tαt>0\sum_t\alpha_t > 0∑t​αt​>0 in (3.4) (needed for t∗t^*t∗); closedness and properness in Lemmas 2.1–2.2. min⁡φ\min\varphiminφ is any lower bound φ∗\varphi^*φ∗ of fff on XXX. The C2C^2C2 clause of Lemma 2.1 is not stated.
  • Erratum. The rearranged display before "Notice that the left-hand-side is precisely …" (p. 14) has an extra factor ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​ in its denominator; the statement (3.4), which the goal formalizes, is what the unfolded recursion gives.
  • Ruled out. A formalization with an unconstrained proj, a stochastic subgradient not tied to ∂f\partial f∂f by (A2), expectations without integrability, or min⁡φ\min\varphiminφ as a junk-valued infimum would be trivial or false; each is excluded by the statements' hypotheses and conclusions.
  • Not included. The complexity remarks (3.9)–(3.10) and the paragraph on improved complexity under convexity.

Proofs of any milestone are welcome; Lemma 2.2 and the product-measure bookkeeping for (3.3) are the reusable parts.

Selected references

  • D. Davis, D. Drusvyatskiy, Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1), 2019; arXiv:1803.06523v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.06523
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Stochastic First- and Zeroth-Order Methods for Nonconvex Stochastic Programming, SIAM J. Optim. 23(4), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1137/120880811
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions 4: Under Convexity, Stochastic Model-Based Minimization Reaches Expected Function Gap (½‖x₀−x*‖² + L²γ²)/(γ√(T+1))Research Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistical learning and signal processing take the form of minimizing an expectation f(x)=Eξ[F(x,ξ)]f(x)=\mathbb E_\xi[F(x,\xi)]f(x)=Eξ​[F(x,ξ)] plus a regularizer or constraint r(x)r(x)r(x), where the only access to fff is through samples ξ∼P\xi\sim Pξ∼P. The classical tool is the stochastic (proximal) subgradient method, which replaces fff at the current point by a random linear function. Two other methods use richer local approximations: the stochastic proximal point method keeps the whole sampled loss F(⋅,ξ)F(\cdot,\xi)F(⋅,ξ), and the stochastic prox-linear method linearizes only the smooth inner part of a composite loss h(c(x,ξ))h(c(x,\xi))h(c(x,ξ)). In experiments the richer models are markedly less sensitive to the choice of step size.

Davis and Drusvyatskiy (arXiv:1803.06523, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1), 2019) treat all three methods as instances of one scheme, stochastic model-based minimization, in which each step minimizes a sampled one-sided model fxt(⋅,ξt)f_{x_t}(\cdot,\xi_t)fxt​​(⋅,ξt​) of fff plus rrr plus a quadratic penalty. Their main theorem (Theorem 4.3) covers weakly convex problems through the Moreau envelope. This mission formalizes the companion result for the convex setting, Theorem 4.1: when the models lower-bound fff in expectation without quadratic error and fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is convex, the expected function gap at a weighted average of the iterates decays like 1/T1/\sqrt T1/T​. As the paper notes (p. 22), for the stochastic proximal subgradient method this improves earlier bounds (Cruz 2017; Duchi–Singer 2009) because no subgradient norm of rrr enters the estimate.

Setting

Work in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm. The problem is

min⁡x∈Rd φ(x):=f(x)+r(x),\min_{x\in\mathbb R^d}\ \varphi(x):=f(x)+r(x),x∈Rdmin​ φ(x):=f(x)+r(x),

where f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R is locally Lipschitz and r:Rd→R∪{+∞}r:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}r:Rd→R∪{+∞} is closed (its epigraph is closed) with nonempty domain D=dom⁡rD=\operatorname{dom}rD=domr. A function ψ\psiψ is ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex if x↦ψ(x)+ρ2∥x∥2x\mapsto\psi(x)+\frac\rho2\|x\|^2x↦ψ(x)+2ρ​∥x∥2 is convex; ρ=0\rho=0ρ=0 is ordinary convexity.

Assumption B (p. 18) fixes a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P), an open convex set U⊇DU\supseteq DU⊇D, real constants τ,η,L\tau,\eta,\mathsf Lτ,η,L, a measurable model (x,y,ξ)↦fx(y,ξ)(x,y,\xi)\mapsto f_x(y,\xi)(x,y,ξ)↦fx​(y,ξ) on U×U×ΩU\times U\times\OmegaU×U×Ω and a measurable L:Ω→R+L:\Omega\to\mathbb R_+L:Ω→R+​ such that:

  1. (B1) i.i.d. samples ξ0,ξ1,⋯∼P\xi_0,\xi_1,\dots\sim Pξ0​,ξ1​,⋯∼P can be drawn;
  2. (B2) Eξ[fx(x,ξ)]=f(x)\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(x,\xi)]=f(x)Eξ​[fx​(x,ξ)]=f(x) and Eξ[fx(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤τ2∥y−x∥2\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(y,\xi)-f(y)]\le\frac\tau2\|y-x\|^2Eξ​[fx​(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤2τ​∥y−x∥2 for x,y∈Ux,y\in Ux,y∈U;
  3. (B3) fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is η\etaη-weakly convex for every x∈Ux\in Ux∈U and almost every ξ\xiξ;
  4. (B4) E[L(ξ)2]≤L\sqrt{\mathbb E[L(\xi)^2]}\le\mathsf LE[L(ξ)2]​≤L and fx(x,ξ)−fx(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥f_x(x,\xi)-f_x(y,\xi)\le L(\xi)\|x-y\|fx​(x,ξ)−fx​(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥ for x,y∈Ux,y\in Ux,y∈U and almost every ξ\xiξ.

Algorithm 4.1 (p. 19) starts at x0x_0x0​ and, for t=0,…,Tt=0,\dots,Tt=0,…,T, samples ξt∼P\xi_t\sim Pξt​∼P and sets

xt+1=argmin⁡x{r(x)+fxt(x,ξt)+βt2∥x−xt∥2}.x_{t+1}=\operatorname*{argmin}_{x}\Big\{r(x)+f_{x_t}(x,\xi_t)+\frac{\beta_t}{2}\|x-x_t\|^2\Big\}.xt+1​=xargmin​{r(x)+fxt​​(x,ξt​)+2βt​​∥x−xt​∥2}.

The convex setting is τ=0\tau=0τ=0 and η=0\eta=0η=0. Write αt=βt−1>0\alpha_t=\beta_t^{-1}>0αt​=βt−1​>0 for the step sizes and let x∗x^*x∗ be any minimizer of φ\varphiφ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1, (4.17) and (4.18)

For every T>0T>0T>0,

E[φ(1∑t=0Tαt∑t=0Tαtxt+1)−φ(x∗)]≤12∥x0−x∗∥2+2L2∑t=0Tαt2∑t=0Tαt,\mathbb E\Big[\varphi\Big(\tfrac{1}{\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t}\textstyle\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t x_{t+1}\Big)-\varphi(x^*)\Big]\le\frac{\frac12\|x_0-x^*\|^2+2\mathsf L^2\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t^2}{\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t},E[φ(∑t=0T​αt​1​∑t=0T​αt​xt+1​)−φ(x∗)]≤∑t=0T​αt​21​∥x0​−x∗∥2+2L2∑t=0T​αt2​​,

and with the constant step αt=γ/T+1\alpha_t=\gamma/\sqrt{T+1}αt​=γ/T+1​, γ>0\gamma>0γ>0,

E[φ(1T+1∑t=1T+1xt)−φ(x∗)]≤12∥x0−x∗∥2+2L2γ2γT+1.\mathbb E\Big[\varphi\Big(\tfrac{1}{T+1}\textstyle\sum_{t=1}^{T+1}x_t\Big)-\varphi(x^*)\Big]\le\frac{\frac12\|x_0-x^*\|^2+2\mathsf L^2\gamma^2}{\gamma\sqrt{T+1}}.E[φ(T+11​∑t=1T+1​xt​)−φ(x∗)]≤γT+1​21​∥x0​−x∗∥2+2L2γ2​.

The factor 222 in front of L2\mathsf L^2L2 is the constant the paper's proof establishes; see Formalization scope.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.1: φ\varphiφ is (τ+η)(\tau+\eta)(τ+η)-weakly convex and ∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥|f(x)-f(y)|\le\mathsf L\|x-y\|∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥ on UUU.
  2. Lemma 4.2, (4.8): for every x∈dom⁡rx\in\operatorname{dom}rx∈domr, with xtx_txt​ fixed and Et\mathbb E_tEt​ the expectation over ξt\xi_tξt​,
Et∥xt+1−x∥2≤βt+τβt−η∥xt−x∥2−2βt−ηEt[φ(xt+1)−φ(x)]+4L2βt(βt−η).\mathbb E_t\|x_{t+1}-x\|^2\le\frac{\beta_t+\tau}{\beta_t-\eta}\|x_t-x\|^2-\frac{2}{\beta_t-\eta}\mathbb E_t[\varphi(x_{t+1})-\varphi(x)]+\frac{4\mathsf L^2}{\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta)}.Et​∥xt+1​−x∥2≤βt​−ηβt​+τ​∥xt​−x∥2−βt​−η2​Et​[φ(xt+1​)−φ(x)]+βt​(βt​−η)4L2​.
  1. Proof of Theorem 4.1, first display (p. 23): 2αtE[φ(xt+1)−φ(x∗)]≤E∥xt−x∗∥2−E∥xt+1−x∗∥2+4L2αt22\alpha_t\mathbb E[\varphi(x_{t+1})-\varphi(x^*)]\le\mathbb E\|x_t-x^*\|^2-\mathbb E\|x_{t+1}-x^*\|^2+4\mathsf L^2\alpha_t^22αt​E[φ(xt+1​)−φ(x∗)]≤E∥xt​−x∗∥2−E∥xt+1​−x∗∥2+4L2αt2​.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 is the function-value guarantee of the model-based framework. Theorem 4.3 measures progress by the gradient of the Moreau envelope, which is the right quantity for nonconvex problems but says nothing directly about suboptimality; under convexity, Theorem 4.1 gives the familiar O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​) rate for the gap itself. It applies to the stochastic proximal point and prox-linear methods as well as to the proximal subgradient method, and §4.2 of the paper uses it for minimizing an expectation of a pointwise maximum of convex functions, such as the conditional value-at-risk. The estimate (4.8) behind it is also the engine of the strongly convex rate O(1/(μT))O(1/(\mu T))O(1/(μT)) (Theorem 4.2, a separate mission of this series).

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it is open. To our knowledge none of these statements has a machine-checked proof. The formalization contributes a checked version of the one-step estimate (4.8) with its corrected constant, a reusable Lean encoding of Assumption B and of Algorithm 4.1 with extended-valued rrr, and the passage from conditional one-step bounds to expectations over the product measure of the samples.

Difficulty

The argument is short on paper; the work lies in the measure theory the paper leaves implicit. The iterate xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ is an argmin that depends on xtx_txt​ and on the fresh sample ξt\xi_tξt​, and the one-step estimate holds only conditionally, with xtx_txt​ frozen. Turning it into an inequality between unconditional expectations requires measurability of the iterates, independence of ξt\xi_tξt​ from the past, and integrability of φ(xt+1)\varphi(x_{t+1})φ(xt+1​) and ∥xt+1−x∗∥2\|x_{t+1}-x^*\|^2∥xt+1​−x∗∥2, which the paper takes for granted. The convex function φ\varphiφ is extended-valued, so the function gap is meaningful only because every iterate and every average lies in dom⁡r\operatorname{dom}rdomr.

A naive one-step argument that bounds f(xt)−f(xt+1)f(x_t)-f(x_{t+1})f(xt​)−f(xt+1​) and fxt(xt,ξt)−fxt(xt+1,ξt)f_{x_t}(x_t,\xi_t)-f_{x_t}(x_{t+1},\xi_t)fxt​​(xt​,ξt​)−fxt​​(xt+1​,ξt​) separately, each by a Lipschitz constant times ∥xt+1−xt∥\|x_{t+1}-x_t\|∥xt+1​−xt​∥, gives the constant 4L24\mathsf L^24L2 in (4.8) and not the printed 2L22\mathsf L^22L2. The printed constant is false (see below), so the constant cannot be improved simply by tightening that one step.

Formalization scope

  • Space and encoding. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The extended-valued rrr is a real function together with its domain D; closedness of rrr is closedness of {(x,t):x∈D, r(x)≤t}\{(x,t):x\in D,\ r(x)\le t\}{(x,t):x∈D, r(x)≤t}, and convexity is ConvexOn ℝ D. L\mathsf LL is L and L(ξ)L(\xi)L(ξ) is Lfun.
  • Randomness. The T+1T+1T+1 samples are a point of ΩT+1\Omega^{T+1}ΩT+1 under the product measure P⊗(T+1)P^{\otimes(T+1)}P⊗(T+1); expectations are Bochner integrals. Every theorem that bounds an expectation also concludes integrability of the integrand, so the junk value 000 of a non-integrable integral cannot make a bound hold vacuously. The single-step estimate (4.8) holds xtx_txt​ fixed and integrates over one sample; integrability of r(xt+1)r(x_{t+1})r(xt+1​) is a hypothesis there, and a conclusion in the run-level statements, where the minimizer x∗x^*x∗ supplies the lower bound.
  • Algorithm. The iterates are the run of an update map that always lies in DDD, is jointly measurable, and is a minimizer of the subproblem for almost every sample. An unconstrained update map would make the goal false; this one is pinned to the paper's step. x0∈Ux_0\in Ux0​∈U is assumed, since the model is only defined on UUU. The parameter ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​ of Algorithm 4.1 does not affect the iterates, and requiring βt>ρˉ>τ+η=0\beta_t>\bar\rho>\tau+\eta=0βt​>ρˉ​>τ+η=0 over the steps used is the same as αt>0\alpha_t>0αt​>0.
  • Minimizer. x∗∈Dx^*\in Dx∗∈D with φ(x∗)≤φ(y)\varphi(x^*)\le\varphi(y)φ(x∗)≤φ(y) for all y∈Dy\in Dy∈D. A minimizer of fff alone, or an arbitrary point, would trivialize the goal; convexity of φ\varphiφ is not assumed separately, since it follows from Lemma 4.1.
  • Corrected constant (paper typo). The paper prints 2L2/(βt(βt−η))2\mathsf L^2/(\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta))2L2/(βt​(βt​−η)) in (4.8), 2L2αt22\mathsf L^2\alpha_t^22L2αt2​ in the first display of the proof of Theorem 4.1, and L2\mathsf L^2L2 in (4.17)–(4.18). Its own proof of (4.8) (p. 21) bounds the error terms by 2L2/βt2\mathsf L^2/\beta_t2L2/βt​ and divides by (βt−η)/2(\beta_t-\eta)/2(βt​−η)/2, which gives 4L2/(βt(βt−η))4\mathsf L^2/(\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta))4L2/(βt​(βt​−η)). The printed (4.8) and the printed first display fail on a one-dimensional example (r=0r=0r=0, f=∣⋅∣f=|\cdot|f=∣⋅∣, a linear model with slope ±1\pm1±1 at the origin, β=1\beta=1β=1). The Lean statements carry the constants the proof establishes: 4L24\mathsf L^24L2 in (4.8) and the display, 2L22\mathsf L^22L2 in (4.17)–(4.18). Whether the printed (4.17) holds by a sharper argument is not settled here; the milestone texts quote the page verbatim.
  • Needed infrastructure. Product measures and independence of coordinates (Measure.pi), Fubini–Tonelli over Ωt×Ω\Omega^{t}\times\OmegaΩt×Ω, measurability of the run, Jensen's inequality for a convex function on a convex set, and strong convexity of the subproblem. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are a general "conditional one-step bound to expectation over the run" lemma reusable by the other missions of this series.

Selected references

  • D. Davis, D. Drusvyatskiy, Stochastic model-based minimization of weakly convex functions, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1):207–239, 2019; arXiv:1803.06523v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.06523
  • J. Duchi, Y. Singer, Efficient online and batch learning using forward backward splitting, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 10:2899–2934, 2009. https://jmlr.org/papers/v10/duchi09a.html
  • J. Cruz, On proximal subgradient splitting method for minimizing the sum of two nonsmooth convex functions, Set-Valued Var. Anal. 25:245–263, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11228-016-0376-5
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions 5: Under μ-Strong Convexity, Model-Based Minimization with β_t = μ(t+1)/2 Reaches Expected Function Gap O(1/(μT))Research Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistical learning and signal processing minimize an expectation f(x)=Eξ[F(x,ξ)]f(x)=\mathbb E_\xi[F(x,\xi)]f(x)=Eξ​[F(x,ξ)] plus a regularizer or constraint r(x)r(x)r(x), with access to fff only through samples ξ∼P\xi\sim Pξ∼P. The standard tool is the stochastic (proximal) subgradient method, which replaces fff at the current point by a random linear function. Two other methods use richer local approximations: the stochastic proximal point method keeps the whole sampled loss F(⋅,ξ)F(\cdot,\xi)F(⋅,ξ), and the stochastic prox-linear method linearizes only the smooth inner map of a composite loss h(c(x,ξ))h(c(x,\xi))h(c(x,ξ)). The richer models are markedly less sensitive to the step size in practice.

Davis and Drusvyatskiy (arXiv:1803.06523, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1), 2019) treat all three methods as instances of one scheme, stochastic model-based minimization: each step minimizes a sampled one-sided model fxt(⋅,ξt)f_{x_t}(\cdot,\xi_t)fxt​​(⋅,ξt​) of fff, plus rrr, plus a quadratic penalty. Their main theorem (Theorem 4.3) concerns weakly convex problems. This mission formalizes the companion result for the strongly convex setting, Theorem 4.2: when the models lower-bound fff in expectation and fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is μ\muμ-strongly convex, the expected function gap at a nonuniformly weighted average of the iterates decays like 1/(μT)1/(\mu T)1/(μT). The weighting is the technique of Schmidt, Le Roux and Bach (2012) for the projected stochastic subgradient method; the paper extends it to the fully proximal, model-based setting (p. 23).

Setting

Work in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm. The problem is

min⁡x∈Rd φ(x):=f(x)+r(x),\min_{x\in\mathbb R^d}\ \varphi(x):=f(x)+r(x),x∈Rdmin​ φ(x):=f(x)+r(x),

where f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R is locally Lipschitz and r:Rd→R∪{+∞}r:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}r:Rd→R∪{+∞} is closed (its epigraph is closed) with nonempty domain D=dom⁡rD=\operatorname{dom}rD=domr. A function ψ\psiψ is ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex if x↦ψ(x)+ρ2∥x∥2x\mapsto\psi(x)+\frac\rho2\|x\|^2x↦ψ(x)+2ρ​∥x∥2 is convex; a negative modulus ρ=−μ\rho=-\muρ=−μ is μ\muμ-strong convexity.

Assumption B (p. 18) fixes a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P), an open convex set U⊇DU\supseteq DU⊇D, real constants τ,η,L\tau,\eta,\mathsf Lτ,η,L, a measurable model (x,y,ξ)↦fx(y,ξ)(x,y,\xi)\mapsto f_x(y,\xi)(x,y,ξ)↦fx​(y,ξ) on U×U×ΩU\times U\times\OmegaU×U×Ω and a measurable L:Ω→R+L:\Omega\to\mathbb R_+L:Ω→R+​ such that:

  1. (B1) i.i.d. samples ξ0,ξ1,⋯∼P\xi_0,\xi_1,\dots\sim Pξ0​,ξ1​,⋯∼P can be drawn;
  2. (B2) Eξ[fx(x,ξ)]=f(x)\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(x,\xi)]=f(x)Eξ​[fx​(x,ξ)]=f(x) and Eξ[fx(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤τ2∥y−x∥2\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(y,\xi)-f(y)]\le\frac\tau2\|y-x\|^2Eξ​[fx​(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤2τ​∥y−x∥2 for x,y∈Ux,y\in Ux,y∈U;
  3. (B3) fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is η\etaη-weakly convex for every x∈Ux\in Ux∈U and almost every ξ\xiξ;
  4. (B4) E[L(ξ)2]≤L\sqrt{\mathbb E[L(\xi)^2]}\le\mathsf LE[L(ξ)2]​≤L and fx(x,ξ)−fx(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥f_x(x,\xi)-f_x(y,\xi)\le L(\xi)\|x-y\|fx​(x,ξ)−fx​(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥ for x,y∈Ux,y\in Ux,y∈U and almost every ξ\xiξ.

Algorithm 4.1 (p. 19) starts at x0x_0x0​ and, for t=0,…,Tt=0,\dots,Tt=0,…,T, samples ξt∼P\xi_t\sim Pξt​∼P and sets

xt+1=argmin⁡x{r(x)+fxt(x,ξt)+βt2∥x−xt∥2}.x_{t+1}=\operatorname*{argmin}_{x}\Big\{r(x)+f_{x_t}(x,\xi_t)+\frac{\beta_t}{2}\|x-x_t\|^2\Big\}.xt+1​=xargmin​{r(x)+fxt​​(x,ξt​)+2βt​​∥x−xt​∥2}.

The strongly convex setting is τ=0\tau=0τ=0 and η=−μ\eta=-\muη=−μ with μ>0\mu>0μ>0, run with βt=μ(t+1)/2\beta_t=\mu(t+1)/2βt​=μ(t+1)/2. Let x∗x^*x∗ be any minimizer of φ\varphiφ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

For every integer T>0T>0T>0,

E[φ(2(T+2)(T+3)−2∑t=1T+1(t+1) xt)−φ(x∗)]≤μ∥x0−x∗∥2(T+2)2+16L2μ(T+2),\mathbb E\Big[\varphi\Big(\frac{2}{(T+2)(T+3)-2}\sum_{t=1}^{T+1}(t+1)\,x_t\Big)-\varphi(x^*)\Big]\le\frac{\mu\|x_0-x^*\|^2}{(T+2)^2}+\frac{16\mathsf L^2}{\mu(T+2)},E[φ((T+2)(T+3)−22​t=1∑T+1​(t+1)xt​)−φ(x∗)]≤(T+2)2μ∥x0​−x∗∥2​+μ(T+2)16L2​,

together with integrability of the function inside the expectation. The paper prints 8L28\mathsf L^28L2; see Formalization scope.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.1 (p. 18): φ\varphiφ is (τ+η)(\tau+\eta)(τ+η)-weakly convex and ∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥|f(x)-f(y)|\le\mathsf L\|x-y\|∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥ on UUU.
  2. Lemma 4.2, (4.8) (p. 20): for a fixed current point xtx_txt​ and any x∈dom⁡rx\in\operatorname{dom}rx∈domr,
Et∥xt+1−x∥2≤βt+τβt−η∥xt−x∥2−2βt−ηEt[φ(xt+1)−φ(x)]+4L2βt(βt−η).\mathbb E_t\|x_{t+1}-x\|^2\le\frac{\beta_t+\tau}{\beta_t-\eta}\|x_t-x\|^2-\frac{2}{\beta_t-\eta}\mathbb E_t[\varphi(x_{t+1})-\varphi(x)]+\frac{4\mathsf L^2}{\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta)}.Et​∥xt+1​−x∥2≤βt​−ηβt​+τ​∥xt​−x∥2−βt​−η2​Et​[φ(xt+1​)−φ(x)]+βt​(βt​−η)4L2​.
  1. Proof of Theorem 4.2, first display (p. 23): with Δt=12E∥x∗−xt∥2\Delta_t=\frac12\mathbb E\|x^*-x_t\|^2Δt​=21​E∥x∗−xt​∥2,
E[φ(xt+1)−φ(x∗)]≤βtΔt−(βt+μ)Δt+1+2L2βt.\mathbb E[\varphi(x_{t+1})-\varphi(x^*)]\le\beta_t\Delta_t-(\beta_t+\mu)\Delta_{t+1}+\frac{2\mathsf L^2}{\beta_t}.E[φ(xt+1​)−φ(x∗)]≤βt​Δt​−(βt​+μ)Δt+1​+βt​2L2​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4.2 is the O(1/(μT))O(1/(\mu T))O(1/(μT)) rate for a whole family of stochastic methods at once: the stochastic proximal point, prox-linear and proximal subgradient methods all satisfy Assumption B (§4.2 of the paper). The rate is in function values at an explicit averaged point, with explicit constants, and needs neither smoothness of fff nor bounded subgradients of rrr: the regularizer enters only through the strong convexity of the subproblems. The 1/(μT)1/(\mu T)1/(μT) order is the one Schmidt, Le Roux and Bach obtained for the projected stochastic subgradient method; Theorem 4.2 extends it to models that are not linear and to a general closed rrr.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; it is not formalized anywhere to our knowledge. Formalizing it pins down the exact constant (the printed one does not follow from the paper's lemmas; see below), the measure-theoretic content of "iterates generated by Algorithm 4.1" (a measurable selection of the argmin, the product measure of the samples, conditional expectation as an integral over one fresh sample) and the integrability that the expectations presuppose. The one-step estimate (4.8) is shared with mission 4 of this series (Theorem 4.1, convex setting); a proof of it serves both.

Difficulty

The telescoping that turns the one-step bound into the rate is elementary once the weights t+2t+2t+2 are chosen. The work lies in two places. First, (4.8) itself: it combines the strong convexity of the subproblem, the one-sided accuracy (B2) used in expectation, the Lipschitz bound (B4) at the random point xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ (so the exceptional null set must not depend on that point), Cauchy–Schwarz, and Lemma 4.1. Second, the passage from one step with xtx_txt​ held fixed to expectations over the whole run: this needs the independence of ξt\xi_tξt​ from ξ0,…,ξt−1\xi_0,\dots,\xi_{t-1}ξ0​,…,ξt−1​ (Fubini on the product measure) and integrability of rrr, ∥xt−x∗∥2\|x_t-x^*\|^2∥xt​−x∗∥2 and φ(xt+1)\varphi(x_{t+1})φ(xt+1​) along the run, none of which is stated on the page. A natural first attempt, bounding φ\varphiφ at the average by the average of φ\varphiφ before checking that the average lies in DDD, is valid only because the weights sum to one and DDD is convex by (B3).

Formalization scope

  • Carrier and extended values. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The extended-valued rrr is encoded by its domain D and its real values on D; closedness is closedness of {(x,t):x∈D, r(x)≤t}\{(x,t):x\in D,\ r(x)\le t\}{(x,t):x∈D, r(x)≤t}. μ\muμ-strong convexity is (−μ)(-\mu)(−μ)-weak convexity: convexity of ψ−μ2∥⋅∥2\psi-\frac\mu2\|\cdot\|^2ψ−2μ​∥⋅∥2 on D.
  • Randomness. The T+1T+1T+1 samples are a point of ΩT+1\Omega^{T+1}ΩT+1 under Measure.pi; expectations are Bochner integrals, and every bounded expectation comes with an integrability conclusion, so a junk value 000 cannot make a bound hold. Et\mathbb E_tEt​ in (4.8) is the integral over one fresh sample with xtx_txt​ held fixed.
  • Iterates. The update is a jointly measurable map that lies in DDD and is a minimizer of the subproblem for almost every sample; the run is driven by it. Measurability of the update and x0∈Ux_0\in Ux0​∈U are added hypotheses. The parameter ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​ of Algorithm 4.1 does not affect the iterates (any ρˉ∈(−μ,μ/2)\bar\rho\in(-\mu,\mu/2)ρˉ​∈(−μ,μ/2) is admissible for all ttt) and does not appear. x∗x^*x∗ is any minimizer of φ=f+r\varphi=f+rφ=f+r over DDD.
  • Constant correction. The proof of (4.8) on p. 21 bounds the δ\deltaδ-terms by 2L2/βt2\mathsf L^2/\beta_t2L2/βt​ and divides by (βt−η)/2(\beta_t-\eta)/2(βt​−η)/2, which gives 4L2/(βt(βt−η))4\mathsf L^2/(\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta))4L2/(βt​(βt​−η)); the display prints 2L2/(βt(βt−η))2\mathsf L^2/(\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta))2L2/(βt​(βt​−η)), which fails on a one-dimensional example. Carried through the proof of Theorem 4.2, the corrected constant gives 2L2/βt2\mathsf L^2/\beta_t2L2/βt​ in the first display (printed L2/βt\mathsf L^2/\beta_tL2/βt​) and 16L2/(μ(T+2))16\mathsf L^2/(\mu(T+2))16L2/(μ(T+2)) in the theorem (printed 8L28\mathsf L^28L2). The Lean states the proof's constants; the milestone texts are quoted as printed. Whether the printed 8L28\mathsf L^28L2 bound holds by a sharper argument is open here.
  • Trivializations ruled out. The stepsize is fixed to βt=μ(t+1)/2\beta_t=\mu(t+1)/2βt​=μ(t+1)/2, the update is constrained to the argmin, x∗x^*x∗ minimizes φ\varphiφ (not fff), and the modulus is −μ-\mu−μ, not μ\muμ (μ\muμ-weak convexity would make the theorem false).
  • Contributions welcome. A proof of (4.8) from Assumption B, the Fubini/independence step for the run, and integrability lemmas for argmin selections are reusable across the series.

Selected references

  • D. Davis, D. Drusvyatskiy, Stochastic model-based minimization of weakly convex functions, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1):207–239, 2019; arXiv:1803.06523v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.06523
  • M. Schmidt, N. Le Roux, F. Bach, A simpler approach to obtaining an O(1/t) convergence rate for the projected stochastic subgradient method, arXiv:1212.2002, 2012 (cited as [62] in the paper). https://arxiv.org/abs/1212.2002
6 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions 1: Stochastic One-Sided Model Methods Drive the Moreau-Envelope Gradient E‖∇φ_{1/ρ̄}(x_{t*})‖² to Zero at Rate O(1/√T)Research Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics, signal processing and machine learning minimize an expected loss that is neither smooth nor convex: robust phase retrieval, blind deconvolution, covariance estimation with the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ loss, training of networks with ReLU activations, and composite problems h(c(x))h(c(x))h(c(x)) with convex hhh and smooth ccc. A common structural feature of these objectives is weak convexity: adding a quadratic ρ2∥x∥2\frac{\rho}{2}\|x\|^22ρ​∥x∥2 makes the function convex. For such problems the classical stochastic algorithms — the stochastic proximal point method, the stochastic prox-linear method, and the stochastic proximal subgradient method — were used in practice long before any nonasymptotic complexity guarantee was available for them.

Damek Davis and Dmitriy Drusvyatskiy (arXiv:1803.06523, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1), 2019) gave such guarantees for all of these methods at once. They abstract each method as minimization of a stochastic one-sided model of the objective, and prove that the expected squared gradient of the Moreau envelope at a randomly selected iterate decays at rate O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​), i.e. a sample complexity of O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4). This mission formalizes that main theorem (Theorem 4.3) and the lemmas its proof uses.

Timeline. Nurminskii (1973, 1974) showed that when the sample losses are ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex and there is no regularizer, the stochastic subgradient method converges subsequentially to stationary points almost surely; no rate was given. Ghadimi and Lan (2013) proved O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4) complexity for smooth nonconvex stochastic problems. Davis and Grimmer (arXiv:1707.03505, 2017) gave a rate for a proximally guided variant of the stochastic subgradient method on weakly convex problems. Davis and Drusvyatskiy (2018) obtained the O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4) complexity for the basic proximal stochastic subgradient method and, through the one-sided model framework, for the stochastic proximal point and prox-linear methods.

Setting

Work on Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm. An extended-valued function r:Rd→R∪{∞}r:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R\cup\{\infty\}r:Rd→R∪{∞} has domain D=dom⁡r={x:r(x)<∞}D=\operatorname{dom} r=\{x: r(x)<\infty\}D=domr={x:r(x)<∞} and is closed when its epigraph is closed. A function ψ\psiψ is ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex when x↦ψ(x)+ρ2∥x∥2x\mapsto\psi(x)+\frac{\rho}{2}\|x\|^2x↦ψ(x)+2ρ​∥x∥2 is convex. For λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 the Moreau envelope and proximal map are

ψλ(x)=min⁡y{ψ(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2},prox⁡λψ(x)=argmin⁡y{ψ(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2}.\psi_\lambda(x)=\min_y\Big\{\psi(y)+\tfrac{1}{2\lambda}\|y-x\|^2\Big\},\qquad \operatorname{prox}_{\lambda\psi}(x)=\operatorname*{argmin}_y\Big\{\psi(y)+\tfrac{1}{2\lambda}\|y-x\|^2\Big\}.ψλ​(x)=ymin​{ψ(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2},proxλψ​(x)=yargmin​{ψ(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2}.

The problem is min⁡xφ(x):=f(x)+r(x)\min_x \varphi(x):=f(x)+r(x)minx​φ(x):=f(x)+r(x) with rrr closed and fff locally Lipschitz, where fff is accessible only through a random model fx(y,ξ)f_x(y,\xi)fx​(y,ξ), ξ∼P\xi\sim Pξ∼P. Assumption B asks for constants τ,η,L\tau,\eta,\mathsf Lτ,η,L, an open convex U⊇DU\supseteq DU⊇D and a measurable L:Ω→R+L:\Omega\to\mathbb R_+L:Ω→R+​ such that: Eξfx(x,ξ)=f(x)\mathbb E_\xi f_x(x,\xi)=f(x)Eξ​fx​(x,ξ)=f(x) and Eξ[fx(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤τ2∥y−x∥2\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(y,\xi)-f(y)]\le\frac\tau2\|y-x\|^2Eξ​[fx​(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤2τ​∥y−x∥2 on UUU (one-sided accuracy); fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is η\etaη-weakly convex for almost every ξ\xiξ; EL(ξ)2≤L\sqrt{\mathbb E L(\xi)^2}\le\mathsf LEL(ξ)2​≤L and fx(x,ξ)−fx(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥f_x(x,\xi)-f_x(y,\xi)\le L(\xi)\|x-y\|fx​(x,ξ)−fx​(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥.

Algorithm 4.1 fixes ρˉ>τ+η\bar\rho>\tau+\etaρˉ​>τ+η and parameters βt>ρˉ\beta_t>\bar\rhoβt​>ρˉ​, draws i.i.d. samples ξ0,…,ξT\xi_0,\dots,\xi_Tξ0​,…,ξT​, and sets

xt+1=argmin⁡x{r(x)+fxt(x,ξt)+βt2∥x−xt∥2}.x_{t+1}=\operatorname*{argmin}_x\Big\{r(x)+f_{x_t}(x,\xi_t)+\tfrac{\beta_t}{2}\|x-x_t\|^2\Big\}.xt+1​=xargmin​{r(x)+fxt​​(x,ξt​)+2βt​​∥x−xt​∥2}.

It returns xt∗x_{t^*}xt∗​, with t∗∈{0,…,T}t^*\in\{0,\dots,T\}t∗∈{0,…,T} drawn with P(t∗=t)∝ρˉ−τ−ηβt−η\mathbb P(t^*=t)\propto\frac{\bar\rho-\tau-\eta}{\beta_t-\eta}P(t∗=t)∝βt​−ηρˉ​−τ−η​. With fx(y,ξ)=f(y,ξ)f_x(y,\xi)=f(y,\xi)fx​(y,ξ)=f(y,ξ) it is the stochastic proximal point method; with a linearization it is the proximal stochastic subgradient method; with h(c(x,ξ)+∇c(x,ξ)(y−x),ξ)h(c(x,\xi)+\nabla c(x,\xi)(y-x),\xi)h(c(x,ξ)+∇c(x,ξ)(y−x),ξ) it is the stochastic prox-linear method.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.3, (4.15) and (4.16)

E∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt∗)∥2≤ρˉ(φ1/ρˉ(x0)−min⁡φ)+2ρˉ2L2∑t=0T1(βt−η)(βt−ρˉ)∑t=0Tρˉ−τ−η2(βt−η),\mathbb E\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_{t^*})\|^2\le\frac{\bar\rho(\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_0)-\min\varphi)+2\bar\rho^2\mathsf L^2\sum_{t=0}^T\frac{1}{(\beta_t-\eta)(\beta_t-\bar\rho)}}{\sum_{t=0}^T\frac{\bar\rho-\tau-\eta}{2(\beta_t-\eta)}},E∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt∗​)∥2≤∑t=0T​2(βt​−η)ρˉ​−τ−η​ρˉ​(φ1/ρˉ​​(x0​)−minφ)+2ρˉ​2L2∑t=0T​(βt​−η)(βt​−ρˉ​)1​​,

and for βt≡ρˉ+γ−1T+1\beta_t\equiv\bar\rho+\gamma^{-1}\sqrt{T+1}βt​≡ρˉ​+γ−1T+1​ with γ>0\gamma>0γ>0,

E∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt∗)∥2≤2(ρˉ(φ1/ρˉ(x0)−min⁡φ)+2ρˉ2L2γ2)ρˉ−τ−η(ρˉ−ηT+1+1γT+1).\mathbb E\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_{t^*})\|^2\le\frac{2(\bar\rho(\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_0)-\min\varphi)+2\bar\rho^2\mathsf L^2\gamma^2)}{\bar\rho-\tau-\eta}\Big(\frac{\bar\rho-\eta}{T+1}+\frac{1}{\gamma\sqrt{T+1}}\Big).E∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt∗​)∥2≤ρˉ​−τ−η2(ρˉ​(φ1/ρˉ​​(x0​)−minφ)+2ρˉ​2L2γ2)​(T+1ρˉ​−η​+γT+1​1​).

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 4.1: φ\varphiφ is (τ+η)(\tau+\eta)(τ+η)-weakly convex and fff is L\mathsf LL-Lipschitz on UUU.
  2. Lemma 4.2, (4.7): Et∥x^t−xt+1∥2≤∥x^t−xt∥2−ρˉ−τ−ηβt−η∥x^t−xt∥2+4L2(βt−η)(βt−ρˉ)\mathbb E_t\|\hat x_t-x_{t+1}\|^2\le\|\hat x_t-x_t\|^2-\frac{\bar\rho-\tau-\eta}{\beta_t-\eta}\|\hat x_t-x_t\|^2+\frac{4\mathsf L^2}{(\beta_t-\eta)(\beta_t-\bar\rho)}Et​∥x^t​−xt+1​∥2≤∥x^t​−xt​∥2−βt​−ηρˉ​−τ−η​∥x^t​−xt​∥2+(βt​−η)(βt​−ρˉ​)4L2​, with x^t=prox⁡φ/ρˉ(xt)\hat x_t=\operatorname{prox}_{\varphi/\bar\rho}(x_t)x^t​=proxφ/ρˉ​​(xt​).
  3. Lemma 2.2: for ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex φ\varphiφ and λ∈(0,ρ−1)\lambda\in(0,\rho^{-1})λ∈(0,ρ−1), φλ\varphi_\lambdaφλ​ is C1C^1C1 with ∇φλ(x)=λ−1(x−prox⁡λφ(x))\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x)=\lambda^{-1}(x-\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda\varphi}(x))∇φλ​(x)=λ−1(x−proxλφ​(x)).
  4. Theorem 4.3, (4.14): the one-step expected descent of φ1/ρˉ\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}φ1/ρˉ​​.

Significance

The result. By Lemma 2.2, ∥∇φ1/ρˉ(x)∥=ρˉ∥x−x^∥\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x)\|=\bar\rho\|x-\hat x\|∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(x)∥=ρˉ​∥x−x^∥, and the proximal point x^\hat xx^ satisfies φ(x^)≤φ(x)\varphi(\hat x)\le\varphi(x)φ(x^)≤φ(x) and dist⁡(0,∂φ(x^))≤∥∇φ1/ρˉ(x)∥\operatorname{dist}(0,\partial\varphi(\hat x))\le\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x)\|dist(0,∂φ(x^))≤∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(x)∥. A small envelope gradient therefore certifies that xxx is close to a nearly stationary point. Theorem 4.3 gives this certificate, with explicit constants, for every algorithm fitting Assumption B, in particular the first complexity bounds for the stochastic proximal point and stochastic prox-linear methods on weakly convex problems. Companion results in the same paper (Theorems 4.1 and 4.2, separate missions) specialize to convex and strongly convex models.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked version exists, on this platform or in Mathlib, of Theorem 4.3, of Lemma 2.2 for extended-valued weakly convex functions, or of the one-sided-model framework. A formalization yields a reusable Moreau-envelope library for weakly convex functions with constraints (via the domain of rrr), and a template for iterate-level stochastic analysis on product probability spaces.

Difficulty

The algebra of each step is short; what is hard is making it rigorous. First, Lemma 2.2 must be proved for extended-valued closed functions: existence and uniqueness of the proximal point need strong convexity of the subproblem together with lower semicontinuity and a quadratic minorant, and differentiability of the envelope is not a consequence of a generic envelope theorem. Second, the conditional expectations Et\mathbb E_tEt​ in Lemma 4.2 must be realized on the product space of samples, with integrability of ∥xt+1−xt∥2\|x_{t+1}-x_t\|^2∥xt+1​−xt​∥2, r(xt+1)r(x_{t+1})r(xt+1​) and φ1/ρˉ(xt)\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_t)φ1/ρˉ​​(xt​) established along the iterates rather than assumed; the paper takes all of these for granted. Third, Assumption B gives the Lipschitz bound (4.2) only in one direction and only almost surely, and the argmin of Algorithm 4.1 exists only almost surely, so every pointwise step must be carried through null sets that depend on the current iterate.

Formalization scope

  • Carrier and encoding. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The extended-valued rrr (and φ\varphiφ) is a pair (D,real values on D)(D,\text{real values on }D)(D,real values on D); closedness, weak convexity, the envelope (an infimum over DDD) and proximal points are defined in this encoding. The envelope parameter λ\lambdaλ is written lam.
  • Randomness. The samples ξ0,…,ξT\xi_0,\dots,\xi_Tξ0​,…,ξT​ are a point of ΩT+1\Omega^{T+1}ΩT+1 under the product measure, and E\mathbb EE is the Bochner integral. In Lemma 4.2, Et\mathbb E_tEt​ is the integral over one fresh sample with the current iterate fixed.
  • The algorithm. The step is any jointly measurable selection that lies in DDD and minimizes the subproblem for almost every sample; measurability is an added hypothesis.
  • The output. E∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt∗)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_{t^*})\|^2E∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt∗​)∥2 is the weighted average of E∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_t)\|^2E∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt​)∥2 with weights ρˉ−τ−ηβt−η\frac{\bar\rho-\tau-\eta}{\beta_t-\eta}βt​−ηρˉ​−τ−η​, its exact value for t∗t^*t∗ drawn independently of the samples.
  • min⁡φ\min\varphiminφ is any real lower bound of φ\varphiφ on DDD; the bound is monotone in it.
  • Added hypotheses, implicit in the paper: βt>η\beta_t>\etaβt​>η (the subproblem is (βt−η)(\beta_t-\eta)(βt​−η)-strongly convex; Assumption B allows any real τ\tauτ, so this does not follow from βt>ρˉ>τ+η\beta_t>\bar\rho>\tau+\etaβt​>ρˉ​>τ+η), η≤ρˉ\eta\le\bar\rhoη≤ρˉ​ in (4.16) (its derivation from (4.15) needs it), ρˉ>0\bar\rho>0ρˉ​>0, x0∈Ux_0\in Ux0​∈U, and, in Lemma 2.2, that φ\varphiφ is closed and proper.
  • Typos. The statement of Theorem 4.3 twice says "Algorithm 3.1"; it means Algorithm 4.1. The constant in (4.16) is the printed one, which is valid (slightly weaker than what (4.15) yields). The proof's "Setting ρˉ=2ρ\bar\rho=2\rhoρˉ​=2ρ" is a slip; (4.16) keeps ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​.
  • No trivialization. Every bounded expectation comes with an integrability conclusion (a Bochner integral of a non-integrable function is 000), the update is constrained by the argmin property of Algorithm 4.1, and min⁡φ\min\varphiminφ is a genuine lower bound; the hypotheses are satisfiable (e.g. r=0r=0r=0, f=0f=0f=0, zero model).
  • Contributions welcome: a general Moreau-envelope library for weakly convex extended-valued functions (Lemma 2.2), measurability of argmin selections, and the one-step analysis lemmas.

Selected references

  • D. Davis, D. Drusvyatskiy, Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1):207–239, 2019. arXiv:1803.06523
  • D. Davis, B. Grimmer, Proximally Guided Stochastic Subgradient Method for Nonsmooth, Nonconvex Problems, SIAM J. Optim. 29(3), 2019. arXiv:1707.03505
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Stochastic First- and Zeroth-Order Methods for Nonconvex Stochastic Programming, SIAM J. Optim. 23(4):2341–2368, 2013. doi:10.1137/120880811
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Reinforcement LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

The Statistical Complexity of Interactive Decision Making III: E2D with Hellinger Confidence Sets Has Regret at Most Σ_t sup dec_γ(M_εt(M̄), M̄) + γ·Est_H(T,δ)Research Paper

Motivation

Interactive decision making covers bandits, contextual bandits and reinforcement learning: a learner repeatedly chooses a decision, observes a reward and an observation drawn from an unknown model, and tries to accumulate nearly as much reward as the best decision for that model. Foster, Kakade, Qian and Rakhlin (arXiv:2112.13487) introduced the Decision-Estimation Coefficient (DEC), a single quantity that gives lower bounds on the regret of every algorithm and, through the Estimation-to-Decisions (E2D) meta-algorithm, matching upper bounds. This mission formalizes the upper-bound side in its strongest form: E2D run with Hellinger confidence sets (Option II of Algorithm 1) has regret controlled by the localized DEC, the same quantity that appears in the paper's lower bounds (Theorems 3.1 and 3.2).

The basic E2D guarantee (33) in terms of the global DEC is already posed on Prove2Me as an open goal (FoundationsRL.GeneralDM.e2d_general_regret_bound_v2, the restatement in Foster and Rakhlin's lecture notes, arXiv:2312.16730, Proposition 26). It is not posed again here.

Setting

A decision space Π\PiΠ is a finite set. An outcome y=(r,o)y = (r, o)y=(r,o) consists of a reward and an observation and ranges over a finite set YYY, and rew(y)∈[0,1]\mathrm{rew}(y) \in [0,1]rew(y)∈[0,1] is its reward. A model MMM assigns to every decision π\piπ a probability distribution M(π)M(\pi)M(π) on YYY. Its mean reward is fM(π)=Ey∼M(π)[rew(y)]f^M(\pi) = \mathbb E_{y\sim M(\pi)}[\mathrm{rew}(y)]fM(π)=Ey∼M(π)​[rew(y)], and πM\pi_MπM​ is a decision maximizing fMf^MfM. The learner knows a model class M\mathcal MM that contains the true model M⋆M^\starM⋆. At round ttt it plays a distribution p(t)p^{(t)}p(t) on Π\PiΠ, and its regret is

RegDM=∑t=1TEπ∼p(t)[fM⋆(πM⋆)−fM⋆(π)].\mathrm{Reg}_{\mathrm{DM}} = \sum_{t=1}^T \mathbb E_{\pi\sim p^{(t)}}\big[f^{M^\star}(\pi_{M^\star}) - f^{M^\star}(\pi)\big].RegDM​=t=1∑T​Eπ∼p(t)​[fM⋆(πM⋆​)−fM⋆(π)].

Write DH2(P,Q)=∑y(P(y)−Q(y))2D^2_{\mathrm H}(P,Q) = \sum_y (\sqrt{P(y)} - \sqrt{Q(y)})^2DH2​(P,Q)=∑y​(P(y)​−Q(y)​)2 for the squared Hellinger distance. For a reference model Mˉ\bar MMˉ and γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0 the DEC is

decγ(M,Mˉ)=inf⁡p∈Δ(Π)sup⁡M∈MEπ∼p[fM(πM)−fM(π)−γ DH2(M(π),Mˉ(π))].\mathrm{dec}_\gamma(\mathcal M, \bar M) = \inf_{p\in\Delta(\Pi)} \sup_{M\in\mathcal M} \mathbb E_{\pi\sim p}\big[f^M(\pi_M) - f^M(\pi) - \gamma\, D^2_{\mathrm H}(M(\pi), \bar M(\pi))\big].decγ​(M,Mˉ)=p∈Δ(Π)inf​M∈Msup​Eπ∼p​[fM(πM​)−fM(π)−γDH2​(M(π),Mˉ(π))].

The localized class Mε(Mˉ)={M∈M:fMˉ(πMˉ)≥fM(πM)−ε}\mathcal M_\varepsilon(\bar M) = \{M\in\mathcal M : f^{\bar M}(\pi_{\bar M}) \ge f^M(\pi_M) - \varepsilon\}Mε​(Mˉ)={M∈M:fMˉ(πMˉ​)≥fM(πM​)−ε} keeps only the models whose optimal value exceeds that of Mˉ\bar MMˉ by at most ε\varepsilonε.

E2D with Option II receives at each round an estimate M^(t)\widehat M^{(t)}M(t) from an online estimation oracle. It keeps the confidence set M(t)\mathcal M^{(t)}M(t) of models whose accumulated Hellinger error against past estimates, ∑i<tEπ∼p(i)[DH2(M(π),M^(i)(π))]\sum_{i<t}\mathbb E_{\pi\sim p^{(i)}}[D^2_{\mathrm H}(M(\pi), \widehat M^{(i)}(\pi))]∑i<t​Eπ∼p(i)​[DH2​(M(π),M(i)(π))], is at most R2R^2R2. It plays a minimizer p(t)p^{(t)}p(t) of the DEC problem over M(t)\mathcal M^{(t)}M(t) at M^(t)\widehat M^{(t)}M(t). Assumption D.1 asks that, with probability 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, the oracle's Hellinger error on the rounds where M⋆∈M(t)M^\star \in \mathcal M^{(t)}M⋆∈M(t) is at most a known bound Est~H(T,δ)\widetilde{\mathrm{Est}}_{\mathrm H}(T,\delta)EstH​(T,δ). It also asks that M^(t)∈co(M(t))\widehat M^{(t)} \in \mathrm{co}(\mathcal M^{(t)})M(t)∈co(M(t)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1, (35) (in the form (137) of Theorem 4.1a)

With R2=Est~H(T,δ)R^2 = \widetilde{\mathrm{Est}}_{\mathrm H}(T,\delta)R2=EstH​(T,δ), rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1] and γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,

RegDM≤∑t=1Tsup⁡Mˉ∈co(M)decγ(Mεt(Mˉ),Mˉ)+γ Est~H(T,δ),\mathrm{Reg}_{\mathrm{DM}} \le \sum_{t=1}^T \sup_{\bar M\in\mathrm{co}(\mathcal M)} \mathrm{dec}_\gamma\big(\mathcal M_{\varepsilon_t}(\bar M), \bar M\big) + \gamma\, \widetilde{\mathrm{Est}}_{\mathrm H}(T,\delta),RegDM​≤t=1∑T​Mˉ∈co(M)sup​decγ​(Mεt​​(Mˉ),Mˉ)+γEstH​(T,δ), εt=6γtEst~H(T,δ)+sup⁡Mˉ∈co(M)decγ(M,Mˉ)+(2γ)−1.\varepsilon_t = 6\frac{\gamma}{t}\widetilde{\mathrm{Est}}_{\mathrm H}(T,\delta) + \sup_{\bar M\in\mathrm{co}(\mathcal M)}\mathrm{dec}_\gamma(\mathcal M,\bar M) + (2\gamma)^{-1}.εt​=6tγ​EstH​(T,δ)+Mˉ∈co(M)sup​decγ​(M,Mˉ)+(2γ)−1.

Milestones (the steps of the proof in App. D.1)

  1. (138): the per-round step. At a minimizer p(t)p^{(t)}p(t), the instantaneous regret minus γ\gammaγ times the Hellinger error of M⋆M^\starM⋆ is at most decγ(M(t),M^(t))\mathrm{dec}_\gamma(\mathcal M^{(t)}, \widehat M^{(t)})decγ​(M(t),M(t)).
  2. Lemma D.1: on the event of Assumption D.1, M⋆∈M(t)M^\star \in \mathcal M^{(t)}M⋆∈M(t) for every ttt, and the total Hellinger error is at most Est~H(T,δ)\widetilde{\mathrm{Est}}_{\mathrm H}(T,\delta)EstH​(T,δ).
  3. Lemma D.2: if M∈M(i)M\in\mathcal M^{(i)}M∈M(i) for all i≤ti\le ti≤t, then for any model Mˉ\bar MMˉ, fM(πM)−fMˉ(πMˉ)f^M(\pi_M) - f^{\bar M}(\pi_{\bar M})fM(πM​)−fMˉ(πMˉ​) is bounded by (2γ)−1(2\gamma)^{-1}(2γ)−1 plus the average over i≤ti\le ti≤t of the DEC values and Hellinger errors.
  4. Containment: M(t)⊆Mεt(M^(t))\mathcal M^{(t)} \subseteq \mathcal M_{\varepsilon_t}(\widehat M^{(t)})M(t)⊆Mεt​​(M(t)) for every round, with the radius derived on p. 99 using 2sup⁡dec2\sup\mathrm{dec}2supdec.

Companion results

  • Theorem 4.3, (47): E2D for a general divergence D≥0D \ge 0D≥0 and randomized estimators ν(t)\nu^{(t)}ν(t) satisfies RegDM≤sup⁡ν∈Δ(M^)decγD(M,ν)⋅T+γ EstD\mathrm{Reg}_{\mathrm{DM}} \le \sup_{\nu\in\Delta(\widehat{\mathcal M})}\mathrm{dec}^D_\gamma(\mathcal M,\nu)\cdot T + \gamma\,\mathrm{Est}_DRegDM​≤supν∈Δ(M)​decγD​(M,ν)⋅T+γEstD​ almost surely. With D=DH2D = D^2_{\mathrm H}D=DH2​ and point estimates it contains (33), so it is a generalization of the open goal above, not the same statement.
  • Theorem 8.1, (87): contextual E2D with arbitrary contexts satisfies RegDM≤sup⁡xdecγD(M∣x,M^∣x)⋅T+γ EstD\mathrm{Reg}_{\mathrm{DM}} \le \sup_{x}\mathrm{dec}^D_\gamma(\mathcal M|_x, \widehat{\mathcal M}|_x)\cdot T + \gamma\,\mathrm{Est}_DRegDM​≤supx​decγD​(M∣x​,M∣x​)⋅T+γEstD​.

Significance

The bound is the paper's most general upper bound. Together with the lower bounds of §3, it shows that the localized DEC characterizes the regret of interactive decision making up to the estimation term. With an aggregating estimator satisfying M^(t)∈co(M(t))\widehat M^{(t)}\in\mathrm{co}(\mathcal M^{(t)})M(t)∈co(M(t)) (App. A.3), it recovers the finite-class guarantee of Theorem 3.3. The companions extend E2D to general divergences, randomized estimators and adversarially chosen contexts. That last setting contains SquareCB for contextual bandits.

All results of this mission are proved in the paper. None was machine-checked before. Formalizing them produces a checked reduction from decision making to estimation for finite decision and outcome spaces, stated against the published DEC and localized-class definitions, so that later bounds on the DEC of specific classes (bandits, tabular RL) can be combined with it.

Difficulty

The non-localized bound follows from the per-round step (138) by summation. The localized bound does not: the per-round DEC is taken over the confidence set M(t)\mathcal M^{(t)}M(t), and replacing it by a localized class requires that every model surviving in M(t)\mathcal M^{(t)}M(t) have optimal value close to that of the current estimate M^(t)\widehat M^{(t)}M(t). The confidence set constrains Hellinger errors against past estimates, not optimal values, and the estimate itself is in general not a member of the class. Bridging these is the content of Lemma D.2 and the containment. The first round is a boundary case: there the confidence set is the whole class, so the containment holds only if the radius ε1\varepsilon_1ε1​ is at least the full range of the rewards.

Formalization scope

  • Finite alphabets. The paper works over measurable spaces. This mission takes a finite decision set Π\PiΠ (a Fintype), a finite outcome set YYY, and models m : S → Y → ℝ with every m π a probability vector. Expectations are finite sums. Contexts in Theorem 8.1 range over an arbitrary type.
  • Published layer. Hellinger distance, fMf^MfM, regret, the DEC (decGf, and dec for the supremum over co(M)\mathrm{co}(\mathcal M)co(M)) and the localized class are the published FoundationsRL.GeneralDM definitions, referenced and not redefined.
  • Pathwise statements. A run is a realized sequence of estimates, distributions and confidence sets tied to Algorithm 1 by IsOptionIIRun (lines 7 and 8 and M^(t)∈co(M(t))\widehat M^{(t)}\in\mathrm{co}(\mathcal M^{(t)})M(t)∈co(M(t))). "With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" becomes the hypothesis EventD1, the event of Assumption D.1. Line 8's arg min is relaxed to "certifies the minimax value from above", as Remark 4.1 permits. Rounds are 0-based, and εt\varepsilon_tεt​ is evaluated at the paper's index.
  • Added hypothesis R2≥1/12R^2 \ge 1/12R2≥1/12 in the goal and the containment. Without it the goal is false. With R2=0R^2 = 0R2=0, two decisions, two Bernoulli models and γ=10\gamma = 10γ=10, the first round has positive regret while the right side is 000. In applications Est~H(T,δ)≥2log⁡(1/δ)\widetilde{\mathrm{Est}}_{\mathrm H}(T,\delta)\ge 2\log(1/\delta)EstH​(T,δ)≥2log(1/δ).
  • Radius. The goal uses the printed theorem radius with 1⋅sup⁡dec1\cdot\sup\mathrm{dec}1⋅supdec. The containment milestone uses the p. 99 proof radius with 2⋅sup⁡dec2\cdot\sup\mathrm{dec}2⋅supdec. Averaging the DEC terms over the t−1t-1t−1 earlier rounds gives the goal's sharper factor.
  • Junk values. When a localized class is empty, its Lean DEC is 000 instead of −∞-\infty−∞, which only weakens the bound. All other suprema are over nonempty bounded sets.
  • Ruled out. Leaving the confidence sets, estimates or distributions unconstrained would make the goal false or trivial; they are tied to the algorithm by IsOptionIIRun. The open bound (33) is not restated.
  • Welcome contributions. Convexity and the triangle inequality for DH2D^2_{\mathrm H}DH2​, the bound ∣fM−fMˉ∣≤DH|f^M - f^{\bar M}| \le D_{\mathrm H}∣fM−fMˉ∣≤DH​ for rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1], and monotonicity of decGf in the class are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • D. J. Foster, S. M. Kakade, J. Qian, A. Rakhlin, The Statistical Complexity of Interactive Decision Making, arXiv preprint, v3, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2112.13487
  • D. J. Foster, A. Rakhlin, Foundations of Reinforcement Learning and Interactive Decision Making, lecture notes, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2312.16730
  • D. J. Foster, A. Rakhlin, Beyond UCB: Optimal and Efficient Contextual Bandits with Regression Oracles, ICML 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2002.04926
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Harmonic AnalysisProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Bounds for Random Neural Networks and Reservoir Systems I: Random ReLU Networks with Sampled Inner Weights Approximate Fourier-Represented Functions on a Hilbert Space (Theorem 1)Research Paper

Motivation

In random-feature models, also called extreme learning machines or random neural networks, the inner weights of a one-hidden-layer network are drawn at random and only the linear readout is trained. Training is then a least-squares problem, which is why such models, and their dynamic counterparts reservoir computing and echo state networks, are used in practice. The question is how well such a network can approximate a target when it is not allowed to choose its inner weights. Gonon, Grigoryeva and Ortega (Ann. Appl. Probab. 33 (2023) 28–69) answer it with explicit, non-asymptotic L2L^2L2 bounds. Their first result, Theorem 1, covers static ReLU networks on an arbitrary separable Hilbert space. The later results of the paper, on finite-dimensional inputs and on echo state networks, are built on it.

Timeline:

  • 1993: Barron (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 39) proves O(N−1/2)O(N^{-1/2})O(N−1/2) approximation rates for functions with a finite first Fourier moment, using networks whose inner weights are optimized.
  • 2008: Rahimi and Recht (NeurIPS 2008) prove random kitchen-sink bounds for random features sampled from a fixed law.
  • 2023: Gonon, Grigoryeva and Ortega prove bounds with explicit constants for ReLU units with importance-sampled inner weights, on infinite-dimensional input spaces, under weak conditions on the sampling law.

Setting

X\mathcal XX is a separable real Hilbert space with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩, and σ(x)=max⁡(x,0)\sigma(x)=\max(x,0)σ(x)=max(x,0) is the rectifier. The inner weights θi=(Ai,ζi)∈X×R\theta_i=(A_i,\zeta_i)\in\mathcal X\times\mathbb Rθi​=(Ai​,ζi​)∈X×R, i=1,…,Ni=1,\dots,Ni=1,…,N, are i.i.d. with law π\piπ. For a readout matrix W∈Mm,NW\in\mathbb M_{m,N}W∈Mm,N​ the random ReLU network is

HWA,ζ(z)=Wσ(Az+ζ),(Az+ζ)i=⟨Ai,z⟩+ζi.H_W^{A,\zeta}(z)=W\sigma(Az+\zeta),\qquad (Az+\zeta)_i=\langle A_i,z\rangle+\zeta_i .HWA,ζ​(z)=Wσ(Az+ζ),(Az+ζ)i​=⟨Ai​,z⟩+ζi​.

The target H∗:X→RmH^*:\mathcal X\to\mathbb R^mH∗:X→Rm is assumed to have a Fourier representation on the ball of radius MMM: Hj∗(z)=∫ei⟨w,z⟩μ^j(dw)H^*_j(z)=\int e^{i\langle w,z\rangle}\hat\mu_j(dw)Hj∗​(z)=∫ei⟨w,z⟩μ^​j​(dw) for ∥z∥≤M\|z\|\le M∥z∥≤M, with complex measures μ^j\hat\mu_jμ^​j​ whose total variations ∣μ^j∣|\hat\mu_j|∣μ^​j​∣ have finite second moments (condition (15)). The sampling law has the product form π=πX⊗(πR(x)dx)\pi=\pi_{\mathcal X}\otimes(\pi_{\mathbb R}(x)dx)π=πX​⊗(πR​(x)dx). Two further quantities enter: Fπ(x)=2∫−x0πR(u)−1duF_\pi(x)=2\int_{-x}^0\pi_{\mathbb R}(u)^{-1}duFπ​(x)=2∫−x0​πR​(u)−1du, and the density gj=d(∣μ^j∣+∣μ^j∣−)/dπXg_j=d(|\hat\mu_j|+|\hat\mu_j|^-)/d\pi_{\mathcal X}gj​=d(∣μ^​j​∣+∣μ^​j​∣−)/dπX​, where ν−(⋅)=ν(−⋅)\nu^-(\cdot)=\nu(-\cdot)ν−(⋅)=ν(−⋅). The input ZZZ is an X\mathcal XX-valued random variable with law μZ\mu_ZμZ​ and ∥Z∥≤M\|Z\|\le M∥Z∥≤M, independent of the inner weights.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (pp. 37–38)

If ∣μ^j∣+∣μ^j∣−≪πX|\hat\mu_j|+|\hat\mu_j|^-\ll\pi_{\mathcal X}∣μ^​j​∣+∣μ^​j​∣−≪πX​, condition (i) or (ii) on πR\pi_{\mathbb R}πR​ holds, and the integrals (16) of Fπ(M∥w∥)∥w∥2gj2F_\pi(M\|w\|)\|w\|^2g_j^2Fπ​(M∥w∥)∥w∥2gj2​ and max⁡(∥w∥2,1)gj2\max(\|w\|^2,1)g_j^2max(∥w∥2,1)gj2​ are finite, then there is a readout WWW, a measurable function of (A,ζ)(A,\zeta)(A,ζ), with

E[∥HWA,ζ(Z)−H∗(Z)∥2]≤C∗N,\mathbb E\big[\|H_W^{A,\zeta}(Z)-H^*(Z)\|^2\big]\le\frac{C^*}{N},E[∥HWA,ζ​(Z)−H∗(Z)∥2]≤NC∗​,

and for every δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1), with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, ∥HWA,ζ−H∗∥L2(μZ)≤C∗/(δN)\|H_W^{A,\zeta}-H^*\|_{L^2(\mu_Z)}\le\sqrt{C^*}/(\delta\sqrt N)∥HWA,ζ​−H∗∥L2(μZ​)​≤C∗​/(δN​). Here C∗=∑jCj∗C^*=\sum_jC^*_jC∗=∑j​Cj∗​ and

Cj∗=M2 ⁣∫Fπ(M∥w∥)∥w∥2gj2 dπX+32max⁡(M2,1)(Fπ(1)−Fπ(−1)) ⁣∫max⁡(∥w∥2,1)gj2 dπX.C^*_j=M^2\!\int F_\pi(M\|w\|)\|w\|^2g_j^2\,d\pi_{\mathcal X}+32\max(M^2,1)\big(F_\pi(1)-F_\pi(-1)\big)\!\int\max(\|w\|^2,1)g_j^2\,d\pi_{\mathcal X}.Cj∗​=M2∫Fπ​(M∥w∥)∥w∥2gj2​dπX​+32max(M2,1)(Fπ​(1)−Fπ​(−1))∫max(∥w∥2,1)gj2​dπX​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 37): (ω,z)↦HW(ω)A(ω),ζ(ω)(z)(\omega,z)\mapsto H_{W(\omega)}^{A(\omega),\zeta(\omega)}(z)(ω,z)↦HW(ω)A(ω),ζ(ω)​(z) is product-measurable.
  2. Step 1 (p. 39): ∫i⟨v,w⟩μ^(dw)\int i\langle v,w\rangle\hat\mu(dw)∫i⟨v,w⟩μ^​(dw) is real, and the identity (19).
  3. (20) (p. 40): H∗(v)=∫σ(⟨v,w⟩+u) α(dw,du)H^*(v)=\int\sigma(\langle v,w\rangle+u)\,\alpha(dw,du)H∗(v)=∫σ(⟨v,w⟩+u)α(dw,du) for ∥v∥≤M\|v\|\le M∥v∥≤M, for an explicit signed measure α\alphaα.
  4. (21) (p. 40): α≪π\alpha\ll\piα≪π, with ∣dα/dπ(w,u)∣≤(1(−M∥w∥,0](u)+22 1[−1,1](u)) g(w)/πR(u)|d\alpha/d\pi(w,u)|\le(\mathbb 1_{(-M\|w\|,0]}(u)+2\sqrt2\,\mathbb 1_{[-1,1]}(u))\,g(w)/\pi_{\mathbb R}(u)∣dα/dπ(w,u)∣≤(1(−M∥w∥,0]​(u)+22​1[−1,1]​(u))g(w)/πR​(u).
  5. (25) (p. 40): the mean-square error of the i.i.d. average is 1NVar⁡\frac1N\operatorname{Var}N1​Var, which is at most 1N\frac1NN1​ times the second moment.
  6. (26) (p. 41): that second moment is at most C∗C^*C∗.

Milestones 2–6 are stated for a single output component (m=1m=1m=1), to which the proof reduces.

Significance

Theorem 1 says that only the readout has to be trained. With inner weights drawn from an essentially arbitrary product law satisfying (i) or (ii), a least-squares readout achieves L2L^2L2 error O(N−1/2)O(N^{-1/2})O(N−1/2) with a constant computable from the Fourier data of H∗H^*H∗ and the sampling law (Remark 3, p. 38). The finite-dimensional rates of Section 4.2 (Proposition 3, Corollary 1) follow from it, and so do, through the reservoir functional's Fourier representation, the echo state network bounds of Sections 5–6.

The result is proved on paper but has no machine-checked proof. A formal proof needs integral representations of Fourier-type functions by ReLU units, Radon–Nikodym arguments for signed measures on product spaces, and the variance identity for i.i.d. averages. A side product of formalizing it is a correction: the printed constant 32M232M^232M2 is false for small MMM and has to be replaced by 32max⁡(M2,1)32\max(M^2,1)32max(M2,1), which agrees with it for M≥1M\ge1M≥1.

Difficulty

There is an obvious argument: sample features from ∣μ^∣|\hat\mu|∣μ^​∣ and use Maurey's empirical method. It does not apply, because the features here are ReLU ridge functions of a real-valued bias drawn from πR\pi_{\mathbb R}πR​, not complex exponentials. The proof must first rewrite the oscillatory representation as an integral of rectifiers, (18)–(20). That step uses the realness of ∫i⟨v,w⟩μ^(dw)\int i\langle v,w\rangle\hat\mu(dw)∫i⟨v,w⟩μ^​(dw), which is not given and follows only from H∗H^*H∗ being real near 000. The signed measure α\alphaα obtained this way must then be absolutely continuous with respect to the sampling law π\piπ, with a density whose second moment is controlled by (16). In case (ii), πR\pi_{\mathbb R}πR​ may vanish outside a bounded interval, and the support of α\alphaα has to be matched to it.

Formalization scope

  • Space. X\mathcal XX is a complete, separable real inner product space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra.
  • Complex measures. Each μ^j\hat\mu_jμ^​j​ is given in polar form hj νjh_j\,\nu_jhj​νj​, with νj=∣μ^j∣\nu_j=|\hat\mu_j|νj​=∣μ^​j​∣ a finite measure and hjh_jhj​ measurable with ∣hj∣=1|h_j|=1∣hj​∣=1. This loses no generality (Rudin, Thm 6.12).
  • Randomness. The inner weights live on (X×R)N(\mathcal X\times\mathbb R)^N(X×R)N with law π⊗N\pi^{\otimes N}π⊗N, and ZZZ has its own law μZ\mu_ZμZ​. Expectations are iterated lower integrals; this is the standing independence of §4.1. "With probability 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" bounds the π⊗N\pi^{\otimes N}π⊗N-measure of the bad set.
  • Readout. The readout is a measurable function of the inner weights only. A readout allowed to depend on the input ZZZ would make the statement trivial, and it is ruled out.
  • Norms and normalisation. Norms on Rm\mathbb R^mRm are Euclidean, as a sum of squares. πX\pi_{\mathcal X}πX​ is a probability measure and ∫πR=1\int\pi_{\mathbb R}=1∫πR​=1; rescaling πX\pi_{\mathcal X}πX​ by ccc and πR\pi_{\mathbb R}πR​ by 1/c1/c1/c changes neither π\piπ nor C∗C^*C∗.
  • Encodings. "∣Fπ(x)∣<∞|F_\pi(x)|<\infty∣Fπ​(x)∣<∞" is integrability of 1/πR1/\pi_{\mathbb R}1/πR​ on the interval between −x-x−x and 000, and FπF_\piFπ​ is an oriented interval integral. (15) is a finite lower integral and (16) is integrability, so none of them holds vacuously.
  • Departures from the print. The page's "C∗>0C^*>0C∗>0" is dropped in favour of the explicit value. The constant uses 32max⁡(M2,1)32\max(M^2,1)32max(M2,1).

A complete development needs the following:

  • the rectifier integral identity (18), which is identity (8) of Proposition 2 and is posed in the companion mission on echo state networks;
  • the Radon–Nikodym and Fubini arguments of Step 1;
  • the variance of i.i.d. averages under product measures;
  • Markov's inequality.

The variance identity (25) and the bound (26) are independent of the Fourier setting and reusable. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, and so are alternative proofs of (19) and (20).

Selected references

  • L. Gonon, L. Grigoryeva, J.-P. Ortega, Approximation bounds for random neural networks and reservoir systems, Ann. Appl. Probab. 33(1), 2023, 28–69. https://doi.org/10.1214/22-AAP1806
  • A. R. Barron, Universal approximation bounds for superpositions of a sigmoidal function, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 39(3), 1993, 930–945. https://doi.org/10.1109/18.256500
  • A. Rahimi, B. Recht, Weighted sums of random kitchen sinks: replacing minimization with randomization in learning, NeurIPS 2008. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/2008/hash/0efe32849d230d7f53049ddc4a4b0c60-Abstract.html
  • W. Rudin, Real and Complex Analysis, 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, 1987 (Chapter 6, Theorem 6.12).
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Reinforcement LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

The Statistical Complexity of Interactive Decision Making II: Every Algorithm Has Expected Regret at Least (1/6)·dec_γ(M^∞_ε̄γ(M̄), M̄)·T, the Localized DEC Lower BoundResearch Paper

Why expected regret needs a lower bound

In interactive decision making, an algorithm chooses actions while learning which model governs its observations. A low-regret guarantee for one algorithm does not by itself say whether every algorithm could do better. The Decision-Estimation Coefficient (DEC) was introduced to express the cost of choosing useful decisions while distinguishing plausible models. Foster, Kakade, Qian and Rakhlin's Theorem 3.2 gives the corresponding lower bound: when a localized model class has large DEC, an adaptive algorithm must incur expected regret under at least one model in the class. This mission formalizes that result for finite decision and outcome alphabets.

The paper's protocol covers bandits, partial monitoring, and reinforcement-learning examples through a common model that maps each decision to a distribution over rewards and observations. Its lower bound concerns the protocol itself, rather than any one algorithm or application. The theorem therefore gives a common test for the limits of learning in several interactive settings. The finite-alphabet representation here retains adaptive decision kernels, which are central to the theorem.

Models, algorithms and the coefficient

Let Π\PiΠ be the set of decisions, YYY the set of joint reward–observation outcomes, and r:Y→Rr:Y\to\mathbb Rr:Y→R the reward map. A model MMM assigns a probability distribution M(π)M(\pi)M(π) on YYY to each π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π. Its mean reward is fM(π)=Ey∼M(π)r(y)f^M(\pi)=\mathbb E_{y\sim M(\pi)}r(y)fM(π)=Ey∼M(π)​r(y), and πM\pi_MπM​ is a maximizing decision. The gap function is gM(π)=fM(πM)−fM(π)g^M(\pi)=f^M(\pi_M)-f^M(\pi)gM(π)=fM(πM​)−fM(π).

At round ttt, an adaptive algorithm assigns a distribution p(t)(⋅∣H(t−1))p^{(t)}(\cdot\mid H^{(t-1)})p(t)(⋅∣H(t−1)) on decisions using the full preceding history. It samples a decision from that distribution and receives an outcome drawn from M(π(t))M(\pi^{(t)})M(π(t)). The joint law of the length-TTT history is PM,pP^{M,p}PM,p. Following equation (1) of the paper, regret sums the gaps averaged under the algorithm's chosen distribution at each round. Thus its expectation is over the history law, while the inner gap is averaged under p(t)p^{(t)}p(t). This formulation retains the algorithm's dependence on earlier outcomes.

For probability distributions P,QP,QP,Q on YYY, write DH2(P,Q)=∑y(P(y)−Q(y))2D_H^2(P,Q)=\sum_y(\sqrt{P(y)}-\sqrt{Q(y)})^2DH2​(P,Q)=∑y​(P(y)​−Q(y)​)2 for squared Hellinger distance. For a reference model Mˉ\bar MMˉ and γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, the DEC of a class N\mathcal NN is

dec⁡γ(N,Mˉ)=inf⁡q∈Δ(Π)sup⁡M∈NEπ∼q[gM(π)−γDH2(M(π),Mˉ(π))].\operatorname{dec}_\gamma(\mathcal N,\bar M)= \inf_{q\in\Delta(\Pi)}\sup_{M\in\mathcal N} \mathbb E_{\pi\sim q}\left[g^M(\pi)-\gamma D_H^2(M(\pi),\bar M(\pi))\right].decγ​(N,Mˉ)=q∈Δ(Π)inf​M∈Nsup​Eπ∼q​[gM(π)−γDH2​(M(π),Mˉ(π))].

The uniformly localized class Mε∞(Mˉ)\mathcal M^\infty_\varepsilon(\bar M)Mε∞​(Mˉ) contains those M∈MM\in\mathcal MM∈M for which ∣gM(π)−gMˉ(π)∣≤ε|g^M(\pi)-g^{\bar M}(\pi)|\le\varepsilon∣gM(π)−gMˉ(π)∣≤ε for every decision. The density-ratio bound V(M)V(\mathcal M)V(M) is the supremum of event likelihood ratios M(A∣π)/M′(A∣π)M(A\mid\pi)/M'(A\mid\pi)M(A∣π)/M′(A∣π) over both models, decisions and events, with a lower cutoff of eee. It may be infinite. These conventions are equations (2), (5), and (12), and the definition immediately before Theorem 3.1 in the source.

Formalization targets

Localized DEC lower bound

Suppose M\mathcal MM is nonempty, every model is a probability kernel, and fM(π)∈[0,1]f^M(\pi)\in[0,1]fM(π)∈[0,1] for every M∈MM\in\mathcal MM∈M and π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π. For T≥1T\ge1T≥1, set C(T)=211log⁡(2T∧V(M))C(T)=2^{11}\log(2T\wedge V(\mathcal M))C(T)=211log(2T∧V(M)) and εˉγ=γ/(C(T)T)\bar\varepsilon_\gamma=\gamma/(C(T)T)εˉγ​=γ/(C(T)T). The goal is the following supremum form of Theorem 3.2, equation (13):

sup⁡M∈MEM,p[Reg⁡DM]≥T6dec⁡γ(Mεˉγ∞(Mˉ),Mˉ)(γ>0, Mˉ∈M).\sup_{M\in\mathcal M}\mathbb E^{M,p}[\operatorname{Reg}_{\rm DM}] \ge \frac{T}{6}\operatorname{dec}_\gamma \bigl(\mathcal M^\infty_{\bar\varepsilon_\gamma}(\bar M),\bar M\bigr) \qquad(\gamma>0,\ \bar M\in\mathcal M).M∈Msup​EM,p[RegDM​]≥6T​decγ​(Mεˉγ​∞​(Mˉ),Mˉ)(γ>0, Mˉ∈M).

The paper writes the result with a maximum over γ\gammaγ and a supremum over Mˉ\bar MMˉ, and says that one model attains the resulting bound. Its proof explicitly permits a limit sequence when the inner supremum is not attained. The displayed statement records exactly the resulting bound on the supremum of expected regret. It implies an arbitrarily close model-specific bound for each fixed γ\gammaγ and Mˉ\bar MMˉ.

Supporting targets

The milestones follow the statements the paper's proof (App. C.1.3, pp. 90–91) uses, in attack order: the multiplicative Hellinger comparison of Lemma A.11; the difference comparison of Lemma A.12; the Hellinger bound on adaptive history laws, DH2(PM,PMˉ)≤CT T Eπ∼pMˉ[DH2(M(π),Mˉ(π))]D_H^2(P^M,P^{\bar M})\le C_T\,T\,\mathbb E_{\pi\sim p_{\bar M}}[D_H^2(M(\pi),\bar M(\pi))]DH2​(PM,PMˉ)≤CT​TEπ∼pMˉ​​[DH2​(M(π),Mˉ(π))] with CT=28log⁡(2T∧(VMˉ(M)∨e))C_T=2^8\log(2T\wedge(V^{\bar M}(\mathcal M)\vee e))CT​=28log(2T∧(VMˉ(M)∨e)); the DEC comparison at the reference model's average play pMˉp_{\bar M}pMˉ​, (129); the localized gap comparison (132); and the final inequality EpM[gM]+EpMˉ[gMˉ]≥13dec⁡γ\mathbb E_{p_M}[g^M]+\mathbb E_{p_{\bar M}}[g^{\bar M}]\ge\frac13\operatorname{dec}_\gammaEpM​​[gM]+EpMˉ​​[gMˉ]≥31​decγ​ for ε≤γ/(8CTT)\varepsilon\le\gamma/(8C_TT)ε≤γ/(8CT​T). Their source wording and page citations are preserved in the milestone list.

What the result supplies

The theorem supplies a quantitative obstruction to uniformly small expected regret. It uses the same coefficient that appears in the paper's upper-bound framework, so a model class with matching upper and lower DEC estimates can have its regret scale characterized through one object. In particular, the coefficient is sensitive to the model neighborhood relevant at horizon TTT; replacing it by a global coefficient would lose the theorem's stated localization. The paper applies this framework to bandit and reinforcement-learning classes.

The goal and milestone declarations here are open Lean statements with checked syntax and types. A complete formalization would supply proofs of the Hellinger comparisons, the history-law inequality, and the lower bound itself. The history and density-ratio definitions are reusable for other adaptive finite-alphabet lower bounds; the published FoundationsRL mean reward, Hellinger distance and DEC definitions are reused directly.

Where the difficulty lies

A fixed sequence of decision distributions does not describe the theorem's algorithms: later decisions depend on outcomes produced by the unknown model. The comparison must therefore use two different laws on entire histories generated by the same adaptive kernels under two models. A bound on a single round's divergence cannot simply be multiplied by TTT without accounting for the dependence of future decision distributions on past observations. The DEC itself involves a minimum over decision distributions and a supremum over models, which need not be attained.

Formalization scope

The Lean representation uses finite Π\PiΠ and YYY; probability laws and expectations are finite vectors and sums. This is a finite-alphabet specialization of the paper's measurable-space setting. Histories are functions from round indices to decision–outcome pairs. The algorithm is a family of kernels from every possible past history to a decision distribution. Its law is the product of its decision probabilities and the model's outcome probabilities. Rounds are indexed from zero in Lean, corresponding to the paper's rounds 1,…,T1,\ldots,T1,…,T.

Every model in M\mathcal MM and every algorithm kernel is normalized and nonnegative. The mean reward range [0,1][0,1][0,1], nonempty model class, maximizing selector, and positive horizon are explicit hypotheses. They keep the real-valued supremum and infimum in the published DEC from taking Lean's default values on empty or unbounded sets. An event with positive numerator and zero denominator has infinite likelihood ratio; V(M)=+∞V(\mathcal M)=+\inftyV(M)=+∞ remains allowed because the theorem uses 2T∧V(M)2T\wedge V(\mathcal M)2T∧V(M). Its logarithm therefore has a finite, positive argument for T≥1T\ge1T≥1. The goal uses the exact constants 2112^{11}211 and 1/61/61/6. The proof's constant CTC_TCT​ is printed on p. 90 as 28(log⁡(2T)∧log⁡VMˉ(M))2^8(\log(2T)\wedge\log V^{\bar M}(\mathcal M))28(log(2T)∧logVMˉ(M)); the formalization uses VMˉ(M)∨eV^{\bar M}(\mathcal M)\vee eVMˉ(M)∨e, the hypothesis V≥eV\ge eV≥e of Lemma A.13 (98) from which CTC_TCT​ is derived. Without it the history bound fails for two nearly equal models, and with it 8CT≤C(T)8C_T\le C(T)8CT​≤C(T) still holds, so the goal is unaffected. The intermediate results that select a model approaching a supremum carry an arbitrary slack η>0\eta>0η>0, the paper's "limit sequence".

Contributions should preserve the adaptive history law and equation (1)'s decision-distribution regret. A statement restricted to predetermined decisions would leave out the central quantifier of Theorem 3.2. The published FoundationsRL definitions of fMf^MfM, DH2D_H^2DH2​ and dec⁡γ\operatorname{dec}_\gammadecγ​ provide the shared finite model interface; the new history and density-ratio layer can support further lower bounds in this series.

Selected references

  • Dylan J. Foster, Sham M. Kakade, Jian Qian, and Alexander Rakhlin, The Statistical Complexity of Interactive Decision Making, arXiv preprint, version 3, 2023. arXiv:2112.13487v3.
  • Dylan J. Foster and Alexander Rakhlin, Foundations of Reinforcement Learning and Interactive Decision Making, arXiv preprint, 2023. arXiv:2312.16730v1.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Computational GeometryLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Turning Big Data into Tiny Data: Constant-Size Coresets for k-Means, PCA, and Projective Clustering II: An SVD Coreset of at Most 2(j + ⌈j/ε⌉ − 1) Weighted Points for Affine j-SubspacesResearch Paper

Motivation

Principal component analysis (PCA) asks for the jjj-dimensional affine subspace that best fits a cloud of nnn points in Rd\mathbb R^dRd in the least-squares sense. When nnn is very large, or the points arrive as a stream or are spread over many machines, one wants to replace the data by a small summary on which the cost of every candidate subspace can still be evaluated, up to a factor 1+ε1+\varepsilon1+ε. Such a summary is a coreset. Coresets for the jjj-subspace problem are the building block of the streaming and distributed PCA and projective clustering algorithms of Feldman, Schmidt and Sohler (SIAM J. Comput. 49(3), 2020), whose sizes depend on jjj and ε\varepsilonε only, not on nnn or ddd.

For linear subspaces (through the origin) the paper's Theorem 17 gives a deterministic coreset of m=O(j/ε)m=O(j/\varepsilon)m=O(j/ε) points read off the singular value decomposition. Data are rarely centred, though, and subtracting the mean before the computation does not survive the union of coresets with different means (p. 616). Section 4 of the paper repairs this: Theorem 19 gives a coreset for affine jjj-subspaces whose points already carry the mean, at the price of doubling the size and weighting the points. This mission formalizes Theorem 19.

Setting

A data set of nnn points in Rd\mathbb R^dRd is a matrix A∈Rn×dA\in\mathbb R^{n\times d}A∈Rn×d whose rows Ai∗A_{i*}Ai∗​ are the points. For a nonempty set C⊆RdC\subseteq\mathbb R^dC⊆Rd and a point ppp, dist⁡(p,C)=inf⁡c∈C∥p−c∥2\operatorname{dist}(p,C)=\inf_{c\in C}\|p-c\|_2dist(p,C)=infc∈C​∥p−c∥2​. The cost of CCC is

dist⁡2(A,C)=∑i=1ndist⁡2(Ai∗,C),\operatorname{dist}^2(A,C)=\sum_{i=1}^n\operatorname{dist}^2(A_{i*},C),dist2(A,C)=i=1∑n​dist2(Ai∗​,C),

and for weights w1,…,wr≥0w_1,\ldots,w_r\ge0w1​,…,wr​≥0 on the rows of S∈Rr×dS\in\mathbb R^{r\times d}S∈Rr×d the weighted cost is ∑iwidist⁡2(Si∗,C)\sum_i w_i\operatorname{dist}^2(S_{i*},C)∑i​wi​dist2(Si∗​,C). The squared Frobenius norm is ∥M∥F2=∑i,kMik2\|M\|_F^2=\sum_{i,k}M_{ik}^2∥M∥F2​=∑i,k​Mik2​.

A singular value decomposition (SVD) of AAA is a factorization A=UΣVTA=U\Sigma V^TA=UΣVT with U∈Rn×nU\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}U∈Rn×n and V∈Rd×dV\in\mathbb R^{d\times d}V∈Rd×d orthogonal and Σ∈Rn×d\Sigma\in\mathbb R^{n\times d}Σ∈Rn×d rectangular diagonal with nonnegative, nonincreasing diagonal entries σ1≥σ2≥⋯\sigma_1\ge\sigma_2\ge\cdotsσ1​≥σ2​≥⋯. Σ(m)\Sigma^{(m)}Σ(m) keeps the first mmm diagonal entries and sets the rest to 000; the mmm-rank approximation is A(m)=UΣ(m)VTA^{(m)}=U\Sigma^{(m)}V^TA(m)=UΣ(m)VT (Definition 1).

The mean row is μ(A)=1n∑iAi∗\mu(A)=\frac1n\sum_iA_{i*}μ(A)=n1​∑i​Ai∗​ and the centred matrix is A′=A−1⋅μ(A)A'=A-\mathbb 1\cdot\mu(A)A′=A−1⋅μ(A), whose rows are Ai∗−μ(A)A_{i*}-\mu(A)Ai∗​−μ(A).

Algorithm 1, subspace-Coreset(A,j,ε)(A,j,\varepsilon)(A,j,ε), sets m=min⁡{n,d,j+⌈j/ε⌉−1}m=\min\{n,d,j+\lceil j/\varepsilon\rceil-1\}m=min{n,d,j+⌈j/ε⌉−1}, returns the matrix SSS of the first mmm rows of Σ(m)VT\Sigma^{(m)}V^TΣ(m)VT (all other rows are zero), the weights wi=1w_i=1wi​=1, and Δ=∥A−A(m)∥F2\Delta=\|A-A^{(m)}\|_F^2Δ=∥A−A(m)∥F2​.

Algorithm 2, affine-jjj-subspace-Coreset(A,j,ε)(A,j,\varepsilon)(A,j,ε), runs Algorithm 1 on A′A'A′, obtaining (S′,Δ)(S',\Delta)(S′,Δ) with m=∣S′∣m=|S'|m=∣S′∣, and returns

S=1⋅μ(A)+mn⋅[S′−S′]∈R2m×d,w=(n2m,…,n2m),S=\mathbb 1\cdot\mu(A)+\sqrt{\frac mn}\cdot\begin{bmatrix}S'\\-S'\end{bmatrix}\in\mathbb R^{2m\times d},\qquad w=\Bigl(\frac n{2m},\ldots,\frac n{2m}\Bigr),S=1⋅μ(A)+nm​​⋅[S′−S′​]∈R2m×d,w=(2mn​,…,2mn​),

together with Δ\DeltaΔ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 19 (p. 617)

Let n≥1n\ge1n≥1, j∈[1,d−1]j\in[1,d-1]j∈[1,d−1] and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, and let (S,Δ,w)(S,\Delta,w)(S,Δ,w) be the output of Algorithm 2 for any SVD of A′A'A′. Then S∈R(2m)×dS\in\mathbb R^{(2m)\times d}S∈R(2m)×d, m≤j+⌈j/ε⌉−1m\le j+\lceil j/\varepsilon\rceil-1m≤j+⌈j/ε⌉−1, Δ≥0\Delta\ge0Δ≥0, and for every affine jjj-dimensional subspace CCC of Rd\mathbb R^dRd,

dist⁡2(A,C)≤∑i=12mwidist⁡2(Si∗,C)+Δ≤(1+ε)dist⁡2(A,C).\operatorname{dist}^2(A,C)\le\sum_{i=1}^{2m}w_i\operatorname{dist}^2(S_{i*},C)+\Delta\le(1+\varepsilon)\operatorname{dist}^2(A,C).dist2(A,C)≤i=1∑2m​wi​dist2(Si∗​,C)+Δ≤(1+ε)dist2(A,C).

Milestones

  1. Theorem 17 (p. 615): for any SVD of AAA, the output of Algorithm 1 satisfies dist⁡2(A,L)≤∑i=1mdist⁡2(Si∗,L)+Δ≤(1+ε)dist⁡2(A,L)\operatorname{dist}^2(A,L)\le\sum_{i=1}^m\operatorname{dist}^2(S_{i*},L)+\Delta\le(1+\varepsilon)\operatorname{dist}^2(A,L)dist2(A,L)≤∑i=1m​dist2(Si∗​,L)+Δ≤(1+ε)dist2(A,L) for every jjj-dimensional linear subspace LLL.
  2. Lemma 18 (p. 616): if μ(M)=0⃗\mu(M)=\vec0μ(M)=0, LLL is a linear jjj-subspace and t∈L⊥t\in L^\perpt∈L⊥, then dist⁡2(M,t+L)=dist⁡2(M,L)+n∥t∥2\operatorname{dist}^2(M,t+L)=\operatorname{dist}^2(M,L)+n\|t\|^2dist2(M,t+L)=dist2(M,L)+n∥t∥2.
  3. Display (7) (p. 618): with S′′=m/n [S′;−S′]S''=\sqrt{m/n}\,[S';-S']S′′=m/n​[S′;−S′], dist⁡2(A′,L)≤n2mdist⁡2(S′′,L)+Δ≤(1+ε)dist⁡2(A′,L)\operatorname{dist}^2(A',L)\le\frac n{2m}\operatorname{dist}^2(S'',L)+\Delta\le(1+\varepsilon)\operatorname{dist}^2(A',L)dist2(A′,L)≤2mn​dist2(S′′,L)+Δ≤(1+ε)dist2(A′,L) for every linear jjj-subspace LLL.

Theorem 17 rests on Corollary 16 and Claim 3 of the paper; those are milestones of the companion mission Turning Big Data into Tiny Data … I and are not posed again here.

Significance

The result. Theorem 19 gives a deterministic summary of 2m≤2(j+⌈j/ε⌉−1)2m\le2(j+\lceil j/\varepsilon\rceil-1)2m≤2(j+⌈j/ε⌉−1) weighted points and one scalar that preserves the cost of every affine jjj-subspace within 1+ε1+\varepsilon1+ε, for arbitrary data, with no assumption on the mean. Because its points carry the mean, coresets of different data sets can be merged, which the merge-and-reduce streaming constructions of the paper's later sections need. Any (1+ε′)(1+\varepsilon')(1+ε′)-approximate PCA solution computed on the coreset is then a (1+ε)(1+ε′)(1+\varepsilon)(1+\varepsilon')(1+ε)(1+ε′)-approximate solution for the full data.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it, or of any coreset theorem, exists on the platform. A complete development would produce the cost identities for sums of squared distances to linear and affine subspaces in Lean, the effect of centring and orthogonal translation on these costs, and the use of the SVD truncation as a summary, all of which are reusable for other PCA, low-rank approximation and projective clustering results.

Difficulty

The obvious construction, centring the data, computing the linear coreset of the centred data and adding the mean back, fails: the linear coreset S′S'S′ need not have mean 0⃗\vec00, and translating a subspace by t⊥Lt\perp Lt⊥L changes the cost of a point set by a multiple of ∥t∥2\|t\|^2∥t∥2 that depends on the number of points (p. 617). The paper's construction has to match both the mean and the total weight of the original data while keeping the linear-subspace guarantee, and the formal proof has to carry this through the reduction of an arbitrary affine subspace to a linear one plus an orthogonal translation. Beneath it lies Theorem 17, which needs the SVD-based estimate of the companion mission (Corollary 16) and the passage from the nnn-row matrix A(m)=UΣ(m)VTA^{(m)}=U\Sigma^{(m)}V^TA(m)=UΣ(m)VT to the mmm nonzero rows of Σ(m)VT\Sigma^{(m)}V^TΣ(m)VT. Distances to subspaces in Lean are infima over sets, so the identities dist⁡2(A,L)=∥AY∥F2\operatorname{dist}^2(A,L)=\|AY\|_F^2dist2(A,L)=∥AY∥F2​ for an orthonormal basis YYY of L⊥L^\perpL⊥ must themselves be established.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Points are rows of Matrix (Fin n) (Fin d) ℝ, read as points of EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). dist⁡\operatorname{dist}dist is Metric.infDist. Linear jjj-subspaces are Submodules of finrank jjj; affine ones are AffineSubspaces whose direction has finrank jjj, and t+Lt+Lt+L is AffineSubspace.mk' t L. The SVD and A(m)A^{(m)}A(m) are the published ProjLikeRetr.FixedRank.IsSVD and truncSVD. Every statement holds for an arbitrary SVD; none is chosen.
  • Pinned hypotheses and readings.
    1. The page's "Δ>0\Delta>0Δ>0" (Theorems 17 and 19) is false when rank⁡A′≤m\operatorname{rank}A'\le mrankA′≤m, for instance when all points coincide; the statements claim Δ≥0\Delta\ge0Δ≥0.
    2. n≥1n\ge1n≥1 is added to Theorem 19 and (7), since Algorithm 2 divides by nnn.
    3. "subspace-Coreset(P,j,ε)(P,j,\varepsilon)(P,j,ε)" is read with P=AP=AP=A.
    4. Theorem 17's S∈Rm×dS\in\mathbb R^{m\times d}S∈Rm×d is the first mmm rows of Σ(m)VT\Sigma^{(m)}V^TΣ(m)VT, as the text before it says, although Algorithm 1, line 3 writes the whole matrix.
    5. Lemma 18's "affine jjj-dimensional subspace LLL" is a linear subspace: the lemma uses L⊥L^\perpL⊥, and the proof of Theorem 19 applies it to linear LLL.
    6. Theorem 19's affine subspace CCC is also required to be nonempty; this follows from j≥1j\ge1j≥1 and guards against Mathlib's convention that the distance to ∅\emptyset∅ is 000.
  • Conventions. m≤j+⌈j/ε⌉−1m\le j+\lceil j/\varepsilon\rceil-1m≤j+⌈j/ε⌉−1 is written m+1≤j+⌈j/ε⌉m+1\le j+\lceil j/\varepsilon\rceilm+1≤j+⌈j/ε⌉. Diagonal positions of Σ\SigmaΣ are 0-based in Lean. The 2m2m2m output rows are μ+m/n Si∗′\mu+\sqrt{m/n}\,S'_{i*}μ+m/n​Si∗′​ followed by μ−m/n Si∗′\mu-\sqrt{m/n}\,S'_{i*}μ−m/n​Si∗′​. Weights are the real number n/(2m)n/(2m)n/(2m) with m=∣S′∣m=|S'|m=∣S′∣, not the cap j+⌈j/ε⌉−1j+\lceil j/\varepsilon\rceil-1j+⌈j/ε⌉−1.
  • Not trivializable. The goal quantifies over affine, not linear, subspaces; the coreset is built from an SVD of the centred matrix A′A'A′ and Δ\DeltaΔ is the residual of A′A'A′, so neither the mean nor the centring can be dropped; and no hypothesis is vacuous (any data matrix with any of its SVDs satisfies them).
  • Not formalized. The running-time clauses ("O(min⁡{nd2,dn2})O(\min\{nd^2,dn^2\})O(min{nd2,dn2}) time") and §4.1 (weighted inputs).
  • Welcome contributions. Lemmas computing dist⁡2\operatorname{dist}^2dist2 to subspaces via orthogonal projections, invariance of these costs under orthogonal maps, and the cost identity for symmetric point sets.

Selected references

  • D. Feldman, M. Schmidt, C. Sohler, Turning Big Data into Tiny Data: Constant-Size Coresets for k-Means, PCA, and Projective Clustering, SIAM J. Comput. 49(3):601–657, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1137/18M1209854
  • P.-A. Absil, J. Malick, Projection-like Retractions on Matrix Manifolds, SIAM J. Optim. 22(1):135–158, 2012 (source of the published SVD definition used here). https://doi.org/10.1137/100802529
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

The Multi-Armed Bandit Problem with Covariates II: Adaptively Binned Successive Elimination Has Regret at Most Cn(K log K/n)^{β(α+1)/(2β+d)} Under Smoothness and Margin ConditionsResearch Paper

Motivation

An online decision maker often sees information about a customer, patient, or request before choosing an action. A bandit with covariates models this setting when the reward of every available action is initially unknown and only the reward of the chosen action is observed. A method must learn which action works best for which covariates while paying for exploratory choices. Perchet and Rigollet studied this problem for smooth reward functions and measured how quickly a policy can approach the performance of an oracle that knows every arm's mean reward Perchet and Rigollet, 2013.

A fixed grid divides the covariate space at one resolution everywhere. It can spend pulls distinguishing arms in regions where their difference is already large, while leaving too few observations in regions where they are close. Adaptively binned successive elimination (ABSE) instead refines a region only while several arms remain plausible there. The paper proves a regret rate controlled jointly by the smoothness of the reward functions and the probability of encountering near ties. Its Theorem 5.1 is the target of this mission.

Setting

There are K≥2K\ge2K≥2 arms and covariates XtX_tXt​ in the unit cube X=[0,1]d⊂Rd\mathcal X=[0,1]^d\subset\mathbb R^dX=[0,1]d⊂Rd, with d≥1d\ge1d≥1. At time ttt, the policy sees XtX_tXt​, chooses an arm, and sees that arm's reward. The random vectors consisting of the covariate and all potential arm rewards are independent across times. Covariates have a common probability law PXP_XPX​ with a density between constants 0<c‾≤c‾0<\underline c\le\overline c0<c​≤c. Every reward lies in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; for arm iii its conditional mean given Xt=xX_t=xXt​=x is f(i)(x)∈[0,1]f^{(i)}(x)\in[0,1]f(i)(x)∈[0,1]. The paper does not require the complete reward vectors to be identically distributed across time. These conventions come from §3.1, pp. 10–11.

At xxx, write f∗(x)=max⁡if(i)(x)f^*(x)=\max_i f^{(i)}(x)f∗(x)=maxi​f(i)(x). Write f♯(x)f^\sharp(x)f♯(x) for the largest mean strictly below f∗(x)f^*(x)f∗(x), and set f♯(x)=f∗(x)f^\sharp(x)=f^*(x)f♯(x)=f∗(x) when every arm ties. The difference f∗(x)−f♯(x)f^*(x)-f^\sharp(x)f∗(x)−f♯(x) is the positive gap wherever a genuinely suboptimal arm exists. The smoothness condition requires ∣f(i)(x)−f(i)(x′)∣≤L∥x−x′∥β|f^{(i)}(x)-f^{(i)}(x')|\le L\|x-x'\|^\beta∣f(i)(x)−f(i)(x′)∣≤L∥x−x′∥β for every arm, with the Euclidean norm, 0<β≤10<\beta\le10<β≤1, and L>0L>0L>0. The margin condition, with α>0\alpha>0α>0, 0<δ0<10<\delta_0<10<δ0​<1, and C0>0C_0>0C0​>0, says

PX{0<f∗(X)−f♯(X)≤δ}≤C0δα(0≤δ≤δ0).P_X\{0<f^*(X)-f^\sharp(X)\le\delta\}\le C_0\delta^\alpha\qquad(0\le\delta\le\delta_0).PX​{0<f∗(X)−f♯(X)≤δ}≤C0​δα(0≤δ≤δ0​).

These are the assumptions defining the paper's class MXK(α,β,L)\mathcal M^K_{\mathcal X}(\alpha,\beta,L)MXK​(α,β,L) §3.2, pp. 12–13.

ABSE starts with the whole cube. Each live dyadic cell runs a copy of successive elimination on its inherited arms. One round pulls each remaining arm once. After a complete round, an arm is eliminated if its empirical mean falls more than twice the radius U(s,n∣B∣d)U(s,n|B|^d)U(s,n∣B∣d) below the largest empirical mean, where ∣B∣|B|∣B∣ is the cell's side length and UUU uses log⁡‾(x)=max⁡{log⁡x,1}\overline{\log}(x)=\max\{\log x,1\}log​(x)=max{logx,1}. The cell splits after its specified stopping round if it has at least two active arms and is below the maximum depth k0k_0k0​. Each child receives the survivors. The policy takes d,β,L,K,nd,\beta,L,K,nd,β,L,K,n as parameters and uses the current covariate and rewards it actually observed Policy 3, p. 22.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1, finite margin exponent

The goal is the finite-α\alphaα part of Theorem 5.1, p. 22. Fix d≥1d\ge1d≥1, 0<β≤10<\beta\le10<β≤1, L>0L>0L>0, α>0\alpha>0α>0 with αβ≤d\alpha\beta\le dαβ≤d, 0<δ0<10<\delta_0<10<δ0​<1, C0>0C_0>0C0​>0 and 0<c‾≤c‾0<\underline c\le\overline c0<c​≤c. There is one constant C>0C>0C>0, depending on these parameters but not on KKK, nnn or the machine, such that for every K≥2K\ge2K≥2, every n≥Klog⁡Kn\ge K\log Kn≥KlogK and every machine of the class,

ERn(π~)≤Cn(Klog⁡Kn)β(α+1)2β+d.\mathbb E R_n(\widetilde\pi)\le Cn\left(\frac{K\log K}{n}\right)^{\frac{\beta(\alpha+1)}{2\beta+d}}.ERn​(π)≤Cn(nKlogK​)2β+dβ(α+1)​.

Here π~\widetilde\piπ is ABSE and RnR_nRn​ is its cumulative regret against an arm of maximum conditional mean at each covariate. The goal asserts the shape of the rate with an unspecified constant, which is the paper's form.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Lemma A.1 (p. 28): a maximal Hoeffding–Azuma inequality, P{∃t≤T:Zˉt≥2(b−a)2t−1log⁡(4T/(δt))}≤δ\mathbb P\{\exists t\le T:\bar Z_t\ge\sqrt{2(b-a)^2t^{-1}\log(4T/(\delta t))}\}\le\deltaP{∃t≤T:Zˉt​≥2(b−a)2t−1log(4T/(δt))​}≤δ for bounded martingale differences.
  2. (5.3) (p. 21): ℓB≤Cℓ∣B∣−2β log⁡‾(n∣B∣2β+d)\ell_B\le C_\ell|B|^{-2\beta}\,\overline{\log}(n|B|^{2\beta+d})ℓB​≤Cℓ​∣B∣−2βlog​(n∣B∣2β+d), the number of rounds a cell spends before it may split.
  3. (5.10) (p. 26): if arm iii has gap above 8c0∣B∣β8c_0|B|^\beta8c0​∣B∣β at a point of BBB, then the cell mean of the arm ıˇ\check\imathˇ that is best at that point exceeds the cell mean of iii by at least 32εB,ℓB\tfrac32\varepsilon_{B,\ell_B}23​εB,ℓB​​.
  4. The display before (5.6) (p. 25): ∑∣B∣=2−kqB≤c22k(d−βα)\sum_{|B|=2^{-k}}q_B\le c_2 2^{k(d-\beta\alpha)}∑∣B∣=2−k​qB​≤c2​2k(d−βα), where qBq_BqB​ is the conditional probability of a near tie inside BBB.
  5. (5.5) (p. 24): the pathwise decomposition rnborn(B)=rnlive(B)+∑B′∈burst(B)rnborn(B′)r_n^{\mathrm{born}}(B)=r_n^{\mathrm{live}}(B)+\sum_{B'\in\mathrm{burst}(B)}r_n^{\mathrm{born}}(B')rnborn​(B)=rnlive​(B)+∑B′∈burst(B)​rnborn​(B′) of regret along the tree.
  6. Theorem 5.1, α=∞\alpha=\inftyα=∞ (p. 22): when the margin region {0<f⋆−f♯≤δ0}\{0<f^\star-f^\sharp\le\delta_0\}{0<f⋆−f♯≤δ0​} has probability zero, ERn(π~)≤CKlog⁡n\mathbb E R_n(\widetilde\pi)\le CK\log nERn​(π)≤CKlogn.

Significance

The result provides a performance guarantee for a policy that adapts its spatial resolution to observed evidence, under a class of nonparametric reward functions. It permits a direct comparison with a fixed-bin policy under the same smoothness and margin conditions. The paper proves the rate and discusses optimality in a minimax sense when K=2K=2K=2 §5, pp. 22–27. This mission asks for a machine-checked proof of the stated finite-α\alphaα regime; the Lean goal and milestones are currently open statements, so the paper's proof is the mathematical source rather than a completed formal proof.

A completed development would make the stochastic model, adaptive policy, cell geometry, and concentration estimates reusable for other contextual bandit analyses.

Difficulty

The main difficulty is the feedback loop between decisions and observations. A cell receives samples only when the covariate lands there, and its available arms depend on eliminations in its ancestors. Applying an ordinary concentration inequality to a fixed sequence of arm rewards does not by itself justify the bound at these random birth and stopping times. The formal proof must track the inherited active sets and the samples collected after each birth, then combine local error bounds across the tree. The appendix's maximal inequality controls a range of round counts; the regret argument also uses the small probability of covariates with nearly tied arm means §5, pp. 23–27 and Lemma A.1, p. 28.

Formalization scope

Lean uses EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and a probability measure on its unit cube. The lower density bound ensures every valid dyadic cell has positive probability, so its conditional mean is defined by a real quotient. A consistent half-open boundary assignment turns the paper's cells, which are specified up to Lebesgue-null boundaries, into a partition on every path. The policy is a recursive state machine: at time ttt it receives XtX_tXt​, chooses an arm from its prior state, and updates with only the reward of that arm. It does not receive the unknown means or any unobserved potential reward. The existential constant in the goal is quantified before KKK, nnn, the sample space, and the machine.

The finite-α\alphaα goal includes αβ≤d\alpha\beta\le dαβ≤d. The printed theorem omits it, although the proof uses it. Without it, a two-arm machine with constant means 111 and 000 has regret from the policy's first exploratory round, while the printed bound tends to zero when α\alphaα is large. The α=∞\alpha=\inftyα=∞ clause reads the margin condition as PX(0<f⋆−f♯≤δ0)=0P_X(0<f^\star-f^\sharp\le\delta_0)=0PX​(0<f⋆−f♯≤δ0​)=0, the limit of C0δαC_0\delta^\alphaC0​δα for δ<1\delta<1δ<1, because the page does not define it. The (5.3) milestone uses log⁡‾\overline{\log}log​: the printed ordinary logarithm can be nonpositive at a finest cell, while the left side is a positive integer. The cell parameter TB=n∣B∣dT_B=n|B|^dTB​=n∣B∣d and bursting after a full round follow Policy 3 and the proof where nearby prose or pseudocode differs. Lemma A.1 adds EZ1=0\mathbb EZ_1=0EZ1​=0 and a<ba<ba<b, both implicit on the page. The constants c2c_2c2​ and CℓC_\ellCℓ​ are existential and placed after the class parameters, because the page's explicit c2=c1α/c‾c_2=c_1^\alpha/\underline cc2​=c1α​/c​ omits the margin constant C0C_0C0​.

The probabilistic error displays (5.6)–(5.9) and (5.11)–(5.14) are not milestones. They are statements about the events AB={I‾B⊆IB⊆IˉB}\mathcal A_B=\{\underline{\mathcal I}_B\subseteq\mathcal I_B\subseteq\bar{\mathcal I}_B\}AB​={I​B​⊆IB​⊆IˉB​} and GB\mathcal G_BGB​, which the page leaves undefined for cells that are never born or never finish ℓB\ell_BℓB​ rounds. The decomposition (5.8) also leaves out arms of I‾B\underline{\mathcal I}_BI​B​ that were eliminated at an ancestor of BBB. A faithful encoding of these events is welcome as a contribution.

A complete proof needs measurable recursive policies, conditional expectations and independence, dyadic-cell volume and nesting facts, concentration for arm observations at adaptive times, and sums over tree depths. Contributions establishing these interfaces and the paper's intermediate bounds are welcome. The result must apply to every machine in the stated class. Each of the following would change the theorem: a policy that reads the unknown f(i)f^{(i)}f(i) or unobserved rewards (the oracle has zero regret), a constant chosen after the machine, a covariate law that is not a probability measure on the cube, Hölder continuity in the sup norm instead of the Euclidean norm, or dropping the density lower bound (cells of zero mass would make fˉB\bar f_Bfˉ​B​ a junk value). The paper's proofs are in §5 (pp. 23–27) and its Appendix (p. 28).

Selected references

  • Jean-Yves Audibert and Alexandre B. Tsybakov, Fast learning rates for plug-in classifiers, Annals of Statistics 35(2):608–633, 2007, DOI:10.1214/009053606000001217.
  • Eyal Even-Dar, Shie Mannor and Yishay Mansour, Action elimination and stopping conditions for the multi-armed bandit and reinforcement learning problems, Journal of Machine Learning Research 7:1079–1105, 2006, jmlr.org/papers/v7/evendar06a.
  • Philippe Rigollet and Assaf Zeevi, Nonparametric bandits with covariates, COLT 2010, pp. 54–66, arXiv:1003.1630.
  • Vianney Perchet and Philippe Rigollet, The multi-armed bandit problem with covariates, Annals of Statistics 41(2):693–721, 2013, pinned arXiv:1110.6084v3, DOI:10.1214/13-AOS1101.
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonasymptotic Convergence Analysis for the Unadjusted Langevin Algorithm: Explicit Total-Variation Bound for ULA with Nonincreasing Step Sizes When the Potential Is Strongly Convex Outside a BallResearch Paper

Why sampling from e−Ue^{-U}e−U needs non-asymptotic guarantees

Bayesian inference, statistical physics and machine learning all ask for samples from a probability distribution π\piπ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd whose density is known only up to a constant, π(dx)∝e−U(x)dx\pi(dx)\propto e^{-U(x)}dxπ(dx)∝e−U(x)dx. The unadjusted Langevin algorithm (ULA) is the Euler–Maruyama discretisation of the Langevin diffusion, whose invariant law is π\piπ. It needs only gradients of UUU, has no accept/reject step, and is therefore cheap in high dimension. Without the Metropolis correction, however, the chain does not leave π\piπ invariant, so its usefulness rests on quantitative bounds: how far, in total variation, the law of the ppp-th iterate is from π\piπ, as an explicit function of the dimension ddd, the step sizes and the regularity of UUU.

Durmus and Moulines (arXiv:1507.05021, Ann. Appl. Probab. 27(3), 2017) gave such bounds for constant and decreasing step sizes. Earlier work of Dalalyan (arXiv:1412.7392, 2017) treated strongly log-concave targets with constant steps. Durmus and Moulines cover nonincreasing step sequences and, among other regimes, potentials that are only strongly convex outside a ball; this mission formalizes that case.

Setting

Write ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ and ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ for the Euclidean norm and inner product of Rd\mathbb R^dRd. The total variation norm of a difference of probability measures is

∥μ−ν∥TV=sup⁡{∣∫f dμ−∫f dν∣:f Borel, ∣f∣≤1},\|\mu-\nu\|_{\mathrm{TV}}=\sup\Big\{\Big|\int f\,d\mu-\int f\,d\nu\Big|: f\text{ Borel},\ |f|\le1\Big\},∥μ−ν∥TV​=sup{​∫fdμ−∫fdν​:f Borel, ∣f∣≤1},

which ranges in [0,2][0,2][0,2].

The potential U:Rd→RU:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb RU:Rd→R satisfies two assumptions:

  • L1: UUU is differentiable and ∇U\nabla U∇U is LLL-Lipschitz;
  • H3(MsM_sMs​): UUU is convex and ⟨∇U(x)−∇U(y),x−y⟩≥m∥x−y∥2\langle\nabla U(x)-\nabla U(y),x-y\rangle\ge m\|x-y\|^2⟨∇U(x)−∇U(y),x−y⟩≥m∥x−y∥2 whenever ∥x−y∥≥Ms\|x-y\|\ge M_s∥x−y∥≥Ms​, for some Ms≥0M_s\ge0Ms​≥0, m>0m>0m>0.

The point x⋆x^\starx⋆ is a minimiser of UUU, and π(dx)=e−U(x)dx/∫e−U\pi(dx)=e^{-U(x)}dx/\int e^{-U}π(dx)=e−U(x)dx/∫e−U.

The Langevin diffusion is dYt=−∇U(Yt)dt+2 dBtddY_t=-\nabla U(Y_t)dt+\sqrt2\,dB^d_tdYt​=−∇U(Yt​)dt+2​dBtd​, with BdB^dBd a standard ddd-dimensional Brownian motion. Its transition semigroup is Pt(x,A)=P(Yt(x)∈A)P_t(x,A)=\mathbb P(Y_t(x)\in A)Pt​(x,A)=P(Yt​(x)∈A).

ULA with step sizes (γk)k≥1(\gamma_k)_{k\ge1}(γk​)k≥1​ is the chain

Xk+1=Xk−γk+1∇U(Xk)+2γk+1Zk+1,X_{k+1}=X_k-\gamma_{k+1}\nabla U(X_k)+\sqrt{2\gamma_{k+1}}Z_{k+1},Xk+1​=Xk​−γk+1​∇U(Xk​)+2γk+1​​Zk+1​,

with (Zk)(Z_k)(Zk​) i.i.d. standard Gaussian. Its one-step kernel is Rγ(x,⋅)=N(x−γ∇U(x),2γId)R_\gamma(x,\cdot)=\mathcal N(x-\gamma\nabla U(x),2\gamma I_d)Rγ​(x,⋅)=N(x−γ∇U(x),2γId​), and δxQγn=δxRγ1⋯Rγn\delta_xQ^n_\gamma=\delta_xR_{\gamma_1}\cdots R_{\gamma_n}δx​Qγn​=δx​Rγ1​​⋯Rγn​​ is the law of XnX_nXn​ started at xxx. Write Γn,p=∑k=npγk\Gamma_{n,p}=\sum_{k=n}^p\gamma_kΓn,p​=∑k=np​γk​, and let A(γ,x)=sup⁡k≥0∫∥∇U∥2 d(δxQγk)A(\gamma,x)=\sup_{k\ge0}\int\|\nabla U\|^2\,d(\delta_xQ^k_\gamma)A(γ,x)=supk≥0​∫∥∇U∥2d(δx​Qγk​).

The explicit constants use

  • F(λ,a,c,γ,w)=λaw+c(−λγlog⁡λ)−1F(\lambda,a,c,\gamma,w)=\lambda^aw+c(-\lambda^\gamma\log\lambda)^{-1}F(λ,a,c,γ,w)=λaw+c(−λγlogλ)−1 and G(λ,c,γ,w)=w+c(−λγlog⁡λ)−1G(\lambda,c,\gamma,w)=w+c(-\lambda^\gamma\log\lambda)^{-1}G(λ,c,γ,w)=w+c(−λγlogλ)−1;
  • ω(ε,R)=R2/{2Φ−1(1−ε/2)}2\omega(\varepsilon,R)=R^2/\{2\Phi^{-1}(1-\varepsilon/2)\}^2ω(ε,R)=R2/{2Φ−1(1−ε/2)}2, with Φ\PhiΦ the standard Gaussian distribution function;
  • λ=e−2m+γˉL2\lambda=e^{-2m+\bar\gamma L^2}λ=e−2m+γˉ​L2 and c=2(d+mMs2)c=2(d+mM_s^2)c=2(d+mMs2​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 21 (p. 16)

Let d≥1d\ge1d≥1, and let (γk)(\gamma_k)(γk​) be positive and nonincreasing with γ1≤γˉ<2mL−2\gamma_1\le\bar\gamma<2mL^{-2}γ1​≤γˉ​<2mL−2. Then for all 0≤n<p0\le n<p0≤n<p and xxx,

∥δxQγp−π∥TV≤2−1/2L(∑k=np−1{γk+133A(γ,x)+dγk+12})1/2+C(δxQγn)κΓn+1,p.\|\delta_xQ^p_\gamma-\pi\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\le2^{-1/2}L\Big(\sum_{k=n}^{p-1}\Big\{\tfrac{\gamma^3_{k+1}}3A(\gamma,x)+d\gamma^2_{k+1}\Big\}\Big)^{1/2}+C(\delta_xQ^n_\gamma)\kappa^{\Gamma_{n+1,p}}.∥δx​Qγp​−π∥TV​≤2−1/2L(k=n∑p−1​{3γk+13​​A(γ,x)+dγk+12​})1/2+C(δx​Qγn​)κΓn+1,p​.

The three constants are explicit:

  • the rate, log⁡κ=−m2log⁡2 [log⁡{(1+emω(1/2,max⁡(1,Ms))/4)(1+max⁡(1,Ms))}+log⁡2]−1\log\kappa=-\frac m2\log2\,[\log\{(1+e^{m\omega(1/2,\max(1,M_s))/4})(1+\max(1,M_s))\}+\log2]^{-1}logκ=−2m​log2[log{(1+emω(1/2,max(1,Ms​))/4)(1+max(1,Ms​))}+log2]−1;
  • the constant of the first term, A(γ,x)≤L2G(λ,c,γ1,∥x−x⋆∥2)A(\gamma,x)\le L^2G(\lambda,c,\gamma_1,\|x-x^\star\|^2)A(γ,x)≤L2G(λ,c,γ1​,∥x−x⋆∥2);
  • the constant of the second term, C(δxQγn)≤6+2(d/m+Ms2)1/2+2F1/2(λ,Γ1,n,c,γ1,∥x−x⋆∥2)C(\delta_xQ^n_\gamma)\le6+2(d/m+M_s^2)^{1/2}+2F^{1/2}(\lambda,\Gamma_{1,n},c,\gamma_1,\|x-x^\star\|^2)C(δx​Qγn​)≤6+2(d/m+Ms2​)1/2+2F1/2(λ,Γ1,n​,c,γ1​,∥x−x⋆∥2).

Milestones, in the order of the proof (§5.1, p. 34)

  1. (56), p. 30: for dXt=b(Xt)dt+dBtddX_t=b(X_t)dt+dB^d_tdXt​=b(Xt​)dt+dBtd​ with bbb Lipschitz and monotone (G1), sup⁡∥x−y∥≤R∥Pt(x,⋅)−Pt(y,⋅)∥TV≤2(1−ε)\sup_{\|x-y\|\le R}\|P_t(x,\cdot)-P_t(y,\cdot)\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\le2(1-\varepsilon)sup∥x−y∥≤R​∥Pt​(x,⋅)−Pt​(y,⋅)∥TV​≤2(1−ε) for t≥ω(ε,R)t\ge\omega(\varepsilon,R)t≥ω(ε,R).
  2. Theorem 36, p. 33: under G1 and the contraction G3, ∥Pt(x,⋅)−Pt(y,⋅)∥TV≤2{(1−ε)−1+1+∥x−y∥}κt\|P_t(x,\cdot)-P_t(y,\cdot)\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\le2\{(1-\varepsilon)^{-1}+1+\|x-y\|\}\kappa^t∥Pt​(x,⋅)−Pt​(y,⋅)∥TV​≤2{(1−ε)−1+1+∥x−y∥}κt with an explicit κ\kappaκ.
  3. §5.1, p. 34: ∥Pt(x,⋅)−π∥TV≤2{3+∥x−x⋆∥+∫∥y−x⋆∥dπ(y)}κt\|P_t(x,\cdot)-\pi\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\le2\{3+\|x-x^\star\|+\int\|y-x^\star\|d\pi(y)\}\kappa^t∥Pt​(x,⋅)−π∥TV​≤2{3+∥x−x⋆∥+∫∥y−x⋆∥dπ(y)}κt for the Langevin semigroup.
  4. §5.1, p. 34: ∫∥y−x⋆∥2dπ(y)≤d/m+Ms2\int\|y-x^\star\|^2d\pi(y)\le d/m+M_s^2∫∥y−x⋆∥2dπ(y)≤d/m+Ms2​.
  5. Proposition 20, p. 16: V(x)=∥x−x⋆∥2V(x)=\|x-x^\star\|^2V(x)=∥x−x⋆∥2 satisfies RγV≤λγV+γcR_\gamma V\le\lambda^\gamma V+\gamma cRγ​V≤λγV+γc for γ∈(0,γˉ]\gamma\in(0,\bar\gamma]γ∈(0,γˉ​].
  6. Lemma 1, p. 5: such a drift gives QγnV(x)≤F(λ,Γn,c,γ1,V(x))Q^n_\gamma V(x)\le F(\lambda,\Gamma_n,c,\gamma_1,V(x))Qγn​V(x)≤F(λ,Γn​,c,γ1​,V(x)).
  7. Proposition 2, p. 5: the decomposition bound (10), given the geometric ergodicity (3) of the diffusion.

The paper's proofs follow each statement in the body of the paper (§4.1, §4.12, §5, §5.1).

Significance

The theorem bounds the sampling error of ULA in total variation non-asymptotically, with a dimension-free contraction rate κ\kappaκ and constants polynomial in ddd. With steps decreasing to zero and cumulative step size diverging, its bound gives convergence of δxQγp\delta_xQ^p_\gammaδx​Qγp​ to π\piπ; for constant steps, the paper reports iteration counts of order dlog⁡dd\log ddlogd at a prescribed precision in Table 2. H3 covers log-concave targets whose potential can lack strong convexity inside a ball.

The result is proved in the paper but, as far as the platform's catalogue shows, not formalized anywhere. A formalization adds machine-checked versions of several reusable pieces:

  • a Foster–Lyapunov moment bound for time-inhomogeneous Markov chains (Lemma 1);
  • a Girsanov–Pinsker discretisation estimate for Euler schemes (Proposition 2);
  • a reflection-coupling contraction for diffusions with monotone drift (56), Theorem 36.

Difficulty

The ULA chain is not reversible with respect to π\piπ, so the spectral and Dirichlet-form tools of reversible MCMC do not apply to it directly. The bound must instead compare the chain with the continuous diffusion.

That comparison needs Girsanov's theorem on path space and a uniform control of ∫∥∇U∥2\int\|\nabla U\|^2∫∥∇U∥2 along a time-inhomogeneous chain.

The rate of the diffusion itself is the second obstacle. Without global strong convexity, synchronous coupling gives no contraction inside the ball ∥x−y∥<Ms\|x-y\|<M_s∥x−y∥<Ms​. An explicit rate requires a reflection coupling together with return-time estimates, and it has to be transferred through the time change between dY=−∇U dt+2dBdY=-\nabla U\,dt+\sqrt2dBdY=−∇Udt+2​dB and dX=−12∇U dt+dBdX=-\frac12\nabla U\,dt+dBdX=−21​∇Udt+dB.

Formalization scope

The state space is the published EthierKurtz.SDEState d, i.e. EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), and Brownian motion and strong solutions are the published EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian and EthierKurtz.SolvesBrownianSDE. The conventions are:

  • Semigroup. A semigroup is pinned down by the laws of solutions. PPP is the semigroup of dX=b(X)dt+s dBdX=b(X)dt+s\,dBdX=b(X)dt+sdB when every strong solution from xxx, on every probability space, has time-ttt law Pt(x,⋅)P_t(x,\cdot)Pt​(x,⋅). The Langevin case is b=−∇Ub=-\nabla Ub=−∇U, s=2s=\sqrt2s=2​.
  • Total variation. It is the sup⁡∣f∣≤1\sup_{|f|\le1}sup∣f∣≤1​ norm. Using sup⁡A∣μ(A)−ν(A)∣\sup_A|\mu(A)-\nu(A)|supA​∣μ(A)−ν(A)∣ instead would halve every bound.
  • ULA. The laws δxQγn\delta_xQ^n_\gammaδx​Qγn​ are iterated Measure.bind with the Gaussian kernel N(x−γ∇U(x),2γId)\mathcal N(x-\gamma\nabla U(x),2\gamma I_d)N(x−γ∇U(x),2γId​). Steps are indexed from 111, and Γn,p=0\Gamma_{n,p}=0Γn,p​=0 for p<np<np<n.
  • Moments. Upper-bounded moments (QγnVQ^n_\gamma VQγn​V, ∫∥∇U∥2\int\|\nabla U\|^2∫∥∇U∥2, ∫∥y−x⋆∥2dπ\int\|y-x^\star\|^2d\pi∫∥y−x⋆∥2dπ) are lower Lebesgue integrals, so a non-integrable function cannot make a bound free. A(γ,x)≤aA(\gamma,x)\le aA(γ,x)≤a is a bound for every kkk, not a real supremum.
  • Normalisation of π\piπ. No hypothesis ∫e−U<∞\int e^{-U}<\infty∫e−U<∞ is added; it follows from L1 and H3.
  • Quantile. Φ−1(u)=inf⁡{z:Φ(z)≥u}\Phi^{-1}(u)=\inf\{z:\Phi(z)\ge u\}Φ−1(u)=inf{z:Φ(z)≥u}.
  • Logarithms and powers. λ\lambdaλ, κ\kappaκ lie in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), so the logarithms and real powers are genuine.

Several hypotheses are added or read in a particular way, and each is disclosed in the item's statement:

  • x⋆x^\starx⋆. It is a bound variable with the hypothesis that it minimises UUU; the paper uses x⋆x^\starx⋆ in §3.3 without defining it.
  • Proposition 20. The dimension is positive so its printed c=2(d+mMs2)c=2(d+mM_s^2)c=2(d+mMs2​) satisfies (6)'s requirement c>0c>0c>0; this is stated in Lean.
  • Lemma 1. It carries the §2 standing assumption L1, which makes the Euler transition family measurable in its starting point. It is stated for Borel V≥0V\ge0V≥0 rather than V≥1V\ge1V≥1, because Theorem 21 applies it to ∥x−x⋆∥2\|x-x^\star\|^2∥x−x⋆∥2.
  • Proposition 2. It assumes (3) only at μ0=δxQγn\mu_0=\delta_xQ^n_\gammaμ0​=δx​Qγn​, with finite CCC and a finite bound on A(γ,x)A(\gamma,x)A(γ,x).
  • (11). The printed Qγk(y,dz)Q^k_\gamma(y,dz)Qγk​(y,dz) is read as Qγk(x,dz)Q^k_\gamma(x,dz)Qγk​(x,dz).

The citations [20] (existence of solutions), [27] (Lindvall), [32] (Meyn–Tweedie) and Girsanov's theorem are used inside the proofs and are not restated.

The library work needed is substantial: Itô calculus for the reflection coupling, Girsanov's theorem, Pinsker's inequality in this norm, and generator–drift arguments for the moments of π\piπ. Contributions of any of these as standalone platform theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Durmus, É. Moulines, Nonasymptotic convergence analysis for the unadjusted Langevin algorithm, Ann. Appl. Probab. 27(3), 2017; cited as arXiv:1507.05021v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1507.05021
  • A. S. Dalalyan, Theoretical guarantees for approximate sampling from smooth and log-concave densities, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 79(3), 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.7392
  • T. Lindvall, L. C. G. Rogers, Coupling of multidimensional diffusions by reflection, Ann. Probab. 14(3), 1986. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176992436
  • S. P. Meyn, R. L. Tweedie, Stability of Markovian processes III: Foster–Lyapunov criteria for continuous-time processes, Adv. Appl. Probab. 25(3), 1993. https://doi.org/10.2307/1427522
  • G. O. Roberts, R. L. Tweedie, Exponential convergence of Langevin distributions and their discrete approximations, Bernoulli 2(4), 1996. https://doi.org/10.2307/3318418
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryOperations ResearchProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Analysis of Machine Learning for Mean Field Control, Finite Horizon: The N-Agent Discrete-Time Neural-Net Value Is Within O(N^{-1/max(d,4)} + n_in^{-1/(3(d+1))} + √Δt) of the MKV OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Mean field control studies the optimal control of a very large population of interacting agents through the limit in which the population is replaced by its distribution. The limit problem is a McKean–Vlasov (MKV) control problem: the dynamics and the cost of a representative agent depend on the law of its own state. Such problems arise in systemic risk, crowd motion, energy management and the planning of large distributed systems; the reference account is Carmona and Delarue, Probabilistic Theory of Mean Field Games with Applications I–II (Springer, 2018).

MKV control problems are rarely solvable in closed form, and grid-based numerical methods suffer from the dimension of the state. A practical alternative is to simulate a finite population on a time grid, parametrize the feedback control by a neural network, and minimize the simulated cost by stochastic gradient descent. Carmona and Laurière, Convergence analysis of machine learning algorithms for the numerical solution of mean field control and games: II — the finite horizon case (Ann. Appl. Probab. 32(6), 2022, doi:10.1214/21-AAP1715), quantify how close this computable proxy is to the true optimum. This mission formalizes the statement of their main result and of the propositions and lemmas its proof is built from.

Setting

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0, a state dimension ddd, a control dimension kkk (controls take values in A=RkA=\mathbb R^kA=Rk), an initial law μ0\mu_0μ0​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, a drift b(t,x,μ,α)b(t,x,\mu,\alpha)b(t,x,μ,α), a volatility σ(t,x,μ)\sigma(t,x,\mu)σ(t,x,μ) (not controlled), a running cost f(t,x,μ,α)f(t,x,\mu,\alpha)f(t,x,μ,α) and a terminal cost g(x,μ)g(x,\mu)g(x,μ); μ\muμ ranges over P2(Rd)\mathcal P_2(\mathbb R^d)P2​(Rd), the probability measures with finite second moment, compared with the Wasserstein distance W2W_2W2​.

Problem 1 (the MKV problem). On a probability space carrying a ddd-dimensional Wiener process WWW and an independent X0∼μ0X_0\sim\mu_0X0​∼μ0​, minimize over progressively measurable square-integrable controls α∈A\alpha\in\mathbb Aα∈A

J(α)=E[∫0Tf(t,Xt,L(Xt),αt) dt+g(XT,L(XT))],dXt=b(t,Xt,L(Xt),αt) dt+σ(t,Xt,L(Xt)) dWt,J(\alpha)=\mathbb E\Big[\int_0^Tf(t,X_t,\mathcal L(X_t),\alpha_t)\,dt+g(X_T,\mathcal L(X_T))\Big],\qquad dX_t=b(t,X_t,\mathcal L(X_t),\alpha_t)\,dt+\sigma(t,X_t,\mathcal L(X_t))\,dW_t,J(α)=E[∫0T​f(t,Xt​,L(Xt​),αt​)dt+g(XT​,L(XT​))],dXt​=b(t,Xt​,L(Xt​),αt​)dt+σ(t,Xt​,L(Xt​))dWt​,

where L(Xt)\mathcal L(X_t)L(Xt​) is the law of XtX_tXt​.

Problem 3 (the NNN-agent problem). NNN agents with independent Wiener processes WiW^iWi and i.i.d. initial states X0i∼μ0X^i_0\sim\mu_0X0i​∼μ0​ use a common feedback function v(t,x)v(t,x)v(t,x); the law is replaced by the empirical measure μtN=1N∑jδXtj\mu^N_t=\frac1N\sum_j\delta_{X^j_t}μtN​=N1​∑j​δXtj​​, and the cost is JN(v)=1N∑iE[∫0Tf(t,Xti,μtN,v(t,Xti)) dt+g(XTi,μTN)]J^N(v)=\frac1N\sum_i\mathbb E[\int_0^Tf(t,X^i_t,\mu^N_t,v(t,X^i_t))\,dt+g(X^i_T,\mu^N_T)]JN(v)=N1​∑i​E[∫0T​f(t,Xti​,μtN​,v(t,Xti​))dt+g(XTi​,μTN​)].

Problem 2 (the computable proxy). With Δt=T/NT\Delta t=T/N_TΔt=T/NT​ and tn=nΔtt_n=n\Delta ttn​=nΔt, the NNN agents follow the Euler scheme

Xˇtn+1i=Xˇtni+b(tn,Xˇtni,μˇtn,φ(tn,Xˇtni))Δt+σ(tn,Xˇtni,μˇtn)ΔWˇni\check X^i_{t_{n+1}}=\check X^i_{t_n}+b(t_n,\check X^i_{t_n},\check\mu_{t_n},\varphi(t_n,\check X^i_{t_n}))\Delta t+\sigma(t_n,\check X^i_{t_n},\check\mu_{t_n})\Delta\check W^i_nXˇtn+1​i​=Xˇtn​i​+b(tn​,Xˇtn​i​,μˇ​tn​​,φ(tn​,Xˇtn​i​))Δt+σ(tn​,Xˇtn​i​,μˇ​tn​​)ΔWˇni​

with i.i.d. Gaussian increments ΔWˇni∼N(0,Δt Id)\Delta\check W^i_n\sim\mathcal N(0,\Delta t\,I_d)ΔWˇni​∼N(0,ΔtId​), and JˇN(φ)\check J^N(\varphi)JˇN(φ) is the expected time-discretized cost. The feedback φ\varphiφ ranges over Nd+1,nin,kψ\mathbf N^\psi_{d+1,n_{\rm in},k}Nd+1,nin​,kψ​, the one-hidden-layer neural networks from (t,x)∈Rd+1(t,x)\in\mathbb R^{d+1}(t,x)∈Rd+1 to Rk\mathbb R^kRk with ninn_{\rm in}nin​ hidden neurons and activation ψ\psiψ; ψ\psiψ is 2π2\pi2π-periodic, of class C3\mathcal C^3C3, with ψ^1=∫−ππψ(x)e−ix dx≠0\hat\psi_1=\int_{-\pi}^{\pi}\psi(x)e^{-ix}\,dx\ne0ψ^​1​=∫−ππ​ψ(x)e−ixdx=0.

The standing assumptions (§2.2 and Appendix A of the paper) make b,σb,\sigmab,σ affine in (x,μˉ,α)(x,\bar\mu,\alpha)(x,μˉ​,α) (A1), make f,gf,gf,g differentiable in (x,α,μ)(x,\alpha,\mu)(x,α,μ) (in μ\muμ in the sense of the L-derivative) with Lipschitz derivatives (A2)–(A3), make fff strongly convex in α\alphaα (A4), and add the regularity (B1)–(B3), (C1)–(C3). Under them the reduced Hamiltonian b⋅y+fb\cdot y+fb⋅y+f has a minimizer α^(t,x,μ,y)\hat\alpha(t,x,\mu,y)α^(t,x,μ,y), the Pontryagin forward–backward system has a solution (X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z) with marginal flow μt\mu_tμt​, and Yt=V(t,Xt)Y_t=V(t,X_t)Yt​=V(t,Xt​) for a regular decoupling field VVV. The optimal feedback is v^(t,x)=α^(t,x,μt,V(t,x))\hat v(t,x)=\hat\alpha(t,x,\mu_t,V(t,x))v^(t,x)=α^(t,x,μt​,V(t,x)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 4070)

inf⁡α∈AJ(α) ≥ inf⁡φ∈Nd+1,nin,kψJˇN(φ)−C(N−1/max⁡(d,4)1+ln⁡(N)1{d=4}+nin−1/(3(d+1))+Δt)\inf_{\alpha\in\mathbb A}J(\alpha)\ \ge\ \inf_{\varphi\in\mathbf N^\psi_{d+1,n_{\rm in},k}}\check J^N(\varphi)-C\Big(N^{-1/\max(d,4)}\sqrt{1+\ln(N)\mathbf 1_{\{d=4\}}}+n_{\rm in}^{-1/(3(d+1))}+\sqrt{\Delta t}\Big)α∈Ainf​J(α) ≥ φ∈Nd+1,nin​,kψ​inf​JˇN(φ)−C(N−1/max(d,4)1+ln(N)1{d=4}​​+nin−1/(3(d+1))​+Δt​)

for a constant CCC depending only on the data and on ψ\psiψ, for all N,nin,NT≥1N,n_{\rm in},N_T\ge1N,nin​,NT​≥1.

The three steps

  1. Proposition 7 (finite population): inf⁡αJ(α)≥JN(v^)−c1N−2/max⁡(d,4)(1+ln⁡(N)1{d=4})\inf_\alpha J(\alpha)\ge J^N(\hat v)-c_1\sqrt{N^{-2/\max(d,4)}(1+\ln(N)\mathbf 1_{\{d=4\}})}infα​J(α)≥JN(v^)−c1​N−2/max(d,4)(1+ln(N)1{d=4}​)​.
  2. Proposition 8 (network class): some φ^∈Nd+1,nin,kψ\hat\varphi\in\mathbf N^\psi_{d+1,n_{\rm in},k}φ^​∈Nd+1,nin​,kψ​ with bounded Lipschitz constants has JN(v^)≥JN(φ^)−K2nin−1/(3(d+1))J^N(\hat v)\ge J^N(\hat\varphi)-K_2n_{\rm in}^{-1/(3(d+1))}JN(v^)≥JN(φ^​)−K2​nin−1/(3(d+1))​.
  3. Proposition 15 (time step): ∣JN(φ)−JˇN(φ)∣≤CΔt|J^N(\varphi)-\check J^N(\varphi)|\le C\sqrt{\Delta t}∣JN(φ)−JˇN(φ)∣≤CΔt​ for regular feedbacks.

Supporting results

Lemma 18 (Lipschitz continuity of α^\hat\alphaα^), Proposition 10 (network approximation of a function and its first two xxx-derivatives at rate nin−1/(2(d+1))n_{\rm in}^{-1/(2(d+1))}nin−1/(2(d+1))​ on [0,T]×Bˉd(0,R)[0,T]\times\bar B_d(0,R)[0,T]×Bˉd​(0,R)), (C.2) (moment bounds uniform in NNN), Proposition 13 (stability of JNJ^NJN under feedbacks close on a ball), Lemma 19 (time regularity of the particle system) and Lemma 14 (strong error CNΔtCN\Delta tCNΔt of the Euler scheme).

Significance

The theorem certifies the standard deep-learning approach to mean field control: the value computed by minimizing the simulated finite-population, discrete-time cost over networks is, up to an explicit error with separate rates for population size, network width and time step, no larger than the true MKV value. The rates also expose where the method loses: the nin−1/(3(d+1))n_{\rm in}^{-1/(3(d+1))}nin−1/(3(d+1))​ term is a curse of dimensionality in the network step (Remark 11).

The result is proved in the paper (§3 and Appendices B–D); the proof of Proposition 7 is a modification of Carmona–Delarue, Vol. II, Theorem 6.17. None of it is formalized. A formal development would provide the first machine-checked bridge between a stochastic control problem of McKean–Vlasov type and a concrete learning architecture, and its intermediate results (moment and stability estimates for interacting particle systems, the strong error of an Euler scheme with constants independent of the number of particles, simultaneous approximation of a function and its derivatives by periodic networks) are reusable on their own.

Difficulty

Each step rests on research-level analysis. Proposition 7 needs the Pontryagin principle for McKean–Vlasov control, the propagation of chaos for the optimally controlled system, and the Fournier–Guillin rate for empirical measures, whose max⁡(d,4)\max(d,4)max(d,4) exponent and logarithmic correction at d=4d=4d=4 appear in the bound. Proposition 8 requires approximating the optimal feedback together with its first two derivatives in xxx, because the time-discretization step needs regularity of the approximating network; standard universal approximation results give no control of derivatives, and the available simultaneous approximation results hold only for periodic functions, which forces a localization to a ball whose radius must be balanced against the approximation rate. Proposition 15 cannot be obtained from classical Euler estimates for a system of NdNdNd equations, whose constants grow with NNN: the estimates must be done agent by agent through the empirical measure.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is Fin d → ℝ with the sup norm; every constant is existential, so all statements are norm-independent. Time is ℝ≥0 for processes. Solutions of (2.2) and (3.2) use the published Itô-process predicate Peng1990.SMP.IsItoProcess (for X−X0X-X_0X−X0​, with continuous paths and the natural filtration of the initial data and the noise); the backward equation of the Pontryagin system uses Peng1990.SMP.SolvesBSDE; W2W_2W2​ is the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance. Problem 2 is law-level: the Euler scheme is a deterministic map of initial positions and increments, integrated against μ0⊗N⊗N(0,ΔtId)⊗NNT\mu_0^{\otimes N}\otimes\mathcal N(0,\Delta t I_d)^{\otimes NN_T}μ0⊗N​⊗N(0,ΔtId​)⊗NNT​; Lemma 14 couples it with the continuous system through the Brownian increments, as the paper does.

The hypotheses are bundled as Coeff ((A1)–(A4), (B1), (B3), (C1), with witnesses for every derivative; the L-derivative is the Fréchet derivative of the lift on L2([0,1])L^2([0,1])L2([0,1])) and DecouplingField ((2.6), existence of a solution of (2.7) on some Problem-1 space, Yt=V(t,Xt)Y_t=V(t,X_t)Yt​=V(t,Xt​), (B2), (C2), (C3)). Disclosed readings: ggg's L-convexity is (A4) without α\alphaα and with right-hand side 000; unique solvability of (2.7), uniqueness and Lipschitz continuity of α^\hat\alphaα^ are not assumed (the last is Lemma 18); Proposition 13 lets its constant depend on bounds for ∣v(0,0)∣,∣w(0,0)∣|v(0,0)|,|w(0,0)|∣v(0,0)∣,∣w(0,0)∣, as its proof does; Proposition 15 reads the first bound of (3.16) as C1(1+∣(t,x)∣)C_1(1+|(t,x)|)C1​(1+∣(t,x)∣). Infima are stated pointwise (∀α ∀η>0 ∃φ\forall\alpha\,\forall\eta>0\,\exists\varphi∀α∀η>0∃φ), never as a real ⨅, and N,nin,NT≥1N,n_{\rm in},N_T\ge1N,nin​,NT​≥1 throughout. The hypothesis bundle is not vacuous: a sorry-free check exhibits the model b=σ=0b=\sigma=0b=σ=0, f=∣α∣2f=|\alpha|^2f=∣α∣2, g=0g=0g=0, μ0=δ0\mu_0=\delta_0μ0​=δ0​ with α^=0\hat\alpha=0α^=0, V=0V=0V=0 satisfying every assumption on any Problem-1 space. Junk values cannot trivialize the goal: the costs are Bochner integrals whose integrability follows from the assumptions, so a non-integrable cost would only make the claimed inequality harder, never vacuous.

Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones, in particular the self-contained Lemmas 14 and 19, (C.2) and Proposition 13; infrastructure for the L-derivative, Itô's formula for the published Itô processes, empirical-measure convergence rates, and trigonometric approximation of Cr\mathcal C^rCr periodic functions.

Selected references

  • R. Carmona, M. Laurière, Convergence analysis of machine learning algorithms for the numerical solution of mean field control and games: II — the finite horizon case, Ann. Appl. Probab. 32(6) (2022), 4065–4105. https://doi.org/10.1214/21-AAP1715
  • R. Carmona, F. Delarue, Probabilistic Theory of Mean Field Games with Applications I–II, Springer (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-58920-6
  • N. Fournier, A. Guillin, On the rate of convergence in Wasserstein distance of the empirical measure, Probab. Theory Relat. Fields 162 (2015), 707–738. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00440-014-0583-7
  • S. Peng, A general stochastic maximum principle for optimal control problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 28(4) (1990), 966–979. https://doi.org/10.1137/0328054
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Conservative Set Valued Fields, Automatic Differentiation, Stochastic Gradient Methods and Deep Learning 2: Forward and Reverse Mode Automatic Differentiation Yield Conservative FieldsResearch Paper

Motivation

Training a neural network means running a first-order method on a loss that is built from compositions of elementary operations, many of them nonsmooth: ReLU, max-pooling, absolute values, sorting, norms. The gradient the optimizer uses is not computed by hand. It is computed by automatic differentiation (autodiff), most often in its reverse mode, backpropagation, which applies the chain rule of calculus operation by operation. When every operation is smooth, the output is the gradient. When some are not, each nonsmooth operation is assigned some "derivative" at its kinks (for ReLU at 000, typically 000), and the chain rule is applied anyway. The result is in general neither a gradient, nor a Clarke subgradient, nor an element of any classical subdifferential: the classical subdifferentials do not satisfy the chain rule that autodiff applies.

Bolte and Pauwels (TSE Working Paper 1044, 2019; Mathematical Programming, 2021) introduced conservative set-valued fields to give these outputs a meaning. A conservative field is a set-valued map whose circulation along every closed path vanishes, exactly as for a gradient field. It obeys a chain rule along absolutely continuous curves. This mission formalizes the paper's Theorem 8: forward-mode and reverse-mode automatic differentiation, run with conservative fields for the elementary operations, return a conservative field for the composed function. The companion mission of this series formalizes the paper's Theorem 1, that a conservative field equals the gradient of its potential almost everywhere.

Setting

Write Rn\mathbb R^nRn for Euclidean space and D:Rn⇉RnD:\mathbb R^n\rightrightarrows\mathbb R^nD:Rn⇉Rn for a set-valued map, assigning a subset D(x)⊆RnD(x)\subseteq\mathbb R^nD(x)⊆Rn to every point. A path γ:[0,1]→Rn\gamma:[0,1]\to\mathbb R^nγ:[0,1]→Rn is absolutely continuous, with derivative γ˙(t)\dot\gamma(t)γ˙​(t) for almost every ttt.

A conservative field (Definition 1) is a set-valued map DDD with closed graph and nonempty compact values such that for every absolutely continuous loop γ\gammaγ (γ(0)=γ(1)\gamma(0)=\gamma(1)γ(0)=γ(1)) the circulation t↦max⁡v∈D(γ(t))⟨γ˙(t),v⟩t\mapsto\max_{v\in D(\gamma(t))}\langle\dot\gamma(t),v\ranglet↦maxv∈D(γ(t))​⟨γ˙​(t),v⟩ is Lebesgue integrable with integral 000. A function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R is a potential for DDD, or DDD is a conservative field for fff (Definition 2), if DDD is conservative and f(x)=f(0)+∫01max⁡v∈D(γ(t))⟨γ˙(t),v⟩ dtf(x)=f(0)+\int_0^1\max_{v\in D(\gamma(t))}\langle\dot\gamma(t),v\rangle\,dtf(x)=f(0)+∫01​maxv∈D(γ(t))​⟨γ˙​(t),v⟩dt for every absolutely continuous path γ\gammaγ from 000 to xxx. A map JF:Rn⇉Rm×nJ_F:\mathbb R^n\rightrightarrows\mathbb R^{m\times n}JF​:Rn⇉Rm×n is a conservative mapping for F:Rn→RmF:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^mF:Rn→Rm (Definition 4) if, along every absolutely continuous curve γ\gammaγ, for almost every ttt, ddtF(γ(t))=Vγ˙(t)\frac{d}{dt}F(\gamma(t))=V\dot\gamma(t)dtd​F(γ(t))=Vγ˙​(t) for all V∈JF(γ(t))V\in J_F(\gamma(t))V∈JF​(γ(t)).

An evaluation program (§5.1) has inputs x1,…,xpx_1,\dots,x_px1​,…,xp​ and intermediate nodes xp+1,…,xqx_{p+1},\dots,x_qxp+1​,…,xq​. Node kkk has a tuple parents(k)\mathtt{parents}(k)parents(k) of distinct earlier nodes and an elementary function gk:R∣parents(k)∣→Rg_k:\mathbb R^{|\mathtt{parents}(k)|}\to\mathbb Rgk​:R∣parents(k)∣→R. Algorithm 1 sets xk=gk(xparents(k))x_k=g_k(x_{\mathtt{parents}(k)})xk​=gk​(xparents(k)​) for k=p+1,…,qk=p+1,\dots,qk=p+1,…,q and returns f(x)=xqf(x)=x_qf(x)=xq​. Each gkg_kgk​ comes with a conservative field DkD_kDk​ (property (d)). Given a choice dk∈Dk(xparents(k))d_k\in D_k(x_{\mathtt{parents}(k)})dk​∈Dk​(xparents(k)​) for every kkk:

  • Algorithm 2 (forward mode) computes the rows ∂xk/∂x=∑j∈parents(k)(∂xj/∂x) dkj\partial x_k/\partial x=\sum_{j\in\mathtt{parents}(k)}(\partial x_j/\partial x)\,d_{kj}∂xk​/∂x=∑j∈parents(k)​(∂xj​/∂x)dkj​ and returns ∂xq/∂x1,…,p\partial x_q/\partial x_{1,\dots,p}∂xq​/∂x1,…,p​;
  • Algorithm 3 (reverse mode) starts from v=eq∈Rqv=e_q\in\mathbb R^qv=eq​∈Rq, sweeps t=q,…,p+1t=q,\dots,p+1t=q,…,p+1, adds v[t] dtjv[t]\,d_{tj}v[t]dtj​ to v[j]v[j]v[j] for each parent jjj of ttt, and returns (v[1],…,v[p])(v[1],\dots,v[p])(v[1],…,v[p]).

The autodiff fields are Dfwd(x)D_{\mathrm{fwd}}(x)Dfwd​(x) and Drev(x)D_{\mathrm{rev}}(x)Drev​(x), the sets of outputs of Algorithm 2 and Algorithm 3 over all choices at xxx.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8

If every DkD_kDk​ is a locally bounded conservative field for gkg_kgk​, then

Dfwd and Drev are conservative fields for f.D_{\mathrm{fwd}}\ \text{and}\ D_{\mathrm{rev}}\ \text{are conservative fields for } f .Dfwd​ and Drev​ are conservative fields for f.

"Conservative field for fff" is meant in full: closed graph, nonempty compact values, zero circulation and the potential identity.

Milestones, in the order of the paper's proof

  1. Lemma 2: for a locally bounded, graph-closed DDD with nonempty values and a locally Lipschitz fff, DDD is a conservative field for fff iff ddtf(x(t))=⟨v,x˙(t)⟩\frac{d}{dt}f(x(t))=\langle v,\dot x(t)\rangledtd​f(x(t))=⟨v,x˙(t)⟩ for all v∈D(x(t))v\in D(x(t))v∈D(x(t)), for almost every ttt, along every absolutely continuous curve xxx.
  2. Lemma 3: stacking conservative fields of the coordinates of FFF row by row gives a conservative mapping for FFF.
  3. (10): with Gk(x)=x+ek(gk(xparents(k))−xk)G_k(x)=x+e_k(g_k(x_{\mathtt{parents}(k)})-x_k)Gk​(x)=x+ek​(gk​(xparents(k)​)−xk​) on Rq\mathbb R^qRq, the map Lk(x)={I−ekekT+ekdT:d∈Dk(x)}L_k(x)=\{I-e_ke_k^T+e_kd^T : d\in D_k(x)\}Lk​(x)={I−ek​ekT​+ek​dT:d∈Dk​(x)} is a conservative mapping for GkG_kGk​.
  4. Lemma 5: x↦J2(F1(x)) J1(x)x\mapsto J_2(F_1(x))\,J_1(x)x↦J2​(F1​(x))J1​(x) is a conservative mapping for F2∘F1F_2\circ F_1F2​∘F1​.
  5. Mk=Jk×⋯×Jp+1×JpM_k=J_k\times\cdots\times J_{p+1}\times J_pMk​=Jk​×⋯×Jp+1​×Jp​: the matrix of forward-mode rows up to node kkk is the product of the matrices Jj=I−ejejT+ejdjTJ_j=I-e_je_j^T+e_jd_j^TJj​=I−ej​ejT​+ej​djT​.
  6. Lemma 4: each row of a conservative mapping satisfies the chain rule for the corresponding coordinate.
  7. Reverse mode equals forward mode: for every choice, Algorithm 3 returns the output of Algorithm 2.

Significance

Theorem 8 says what backpropagation computes on a nonsmooth program: an element of a conservative field of the function, a set that behaves like a gradient along curves. This is what lets the paper's later results apply to deep learning: stochastic subgradient methods driven by such outputs converge, for definable losses, to points that are critical for the conservative field. It is also the reason why spurious outputs of autodiff (a nonzero "derivative" of a function that is identically zero) are harmless: by the companion Theorem 1 they occur only on a Lebesgue null set.

The result is proved in the paper, and nothing here is open. To our knowledge none of it has been machine-checked: there is no formal account of conservative fields, and the existing formalizations of backpropagation treat smooth layered networks only. This mission produces a formal model of evaluation programs and of both autodiff modes, a formal chain-rule calculus for conservative mappings (Lemmas 2–5), and the theorem itself. Formalizing it exposed three points the printed text leaves to the reader: the overwriting update of Algorithm 3, the nonempty-values hypothesis missing from Lemma 2, and the local boundedness that Theorem 8 needs (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The obvious argument is "autodiff applies the chain rule, and conservative fields satisfy the chain rule". The chain rule along curves (Lemmas 3–5) only gives the derivative identity of Definition 4 for each element of Dfwd(x)D_{\mathrm{fwd}}(x)Dfwd​(x). It does not give the set-valued properties of Definition 1. Passing back to a conservative field (Lemma 2) needs DfwdD_{\mathrm{fwd}}Dfwd​ to have closed graph, nonempty compact values and local boundedness. These depend on how the sets Dk(xparents(k))D_k(x_{\mathrm{parents}(k)})Dk​(xparents(k)​) vary with xxx through the forward pass, and they fail without local boundedness of the DkD_kDk​. Lemma 2 relates an integral identity along every path to a pointwise almost-everywhere identity, and both directions involve the measure theory of absolutely continuous curves that Mathlib supports only in part. The equality of reverse and forward modes is linear algebra, but the two algorithms traverse the graph in opposite orders, and the printed reverse update is not the one the equality needs.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), and the conservative-field layer is polymorphic in the dimension: each gkg_kgk​ lives on R∣parents(k)∣\mathbb R^{|\mathtt{parents}(k)|}R∣parents(k)∣. A path is a function ℝ → ℝ^n that is AbsolutelyContinuousOnInterval on [0,1][0,1][0,1], with γ˙\dot\gammaγ˙​ = deriv γ. Definitions 1–2 require the circulation to be interval-integrable, because Lean integrates a non-integrable function to 000. Definition 4 and the chain rule (5) assert HasDerivAt, not an equation for deriv, so they cannot hold by default at points of non-differentiability. Nodes are Fin q, numbered from 000. Parent tuples are duplicate-free lists of smaller nodes, and input nodes have none.

Dfwd(x)D_{\mathrm{fwd}}(x)Dfwd​(x) and Drev(x)D_{\mathrm{rev}}(x)Drev​(x) range over all admissible choices. A single fixed choice would give a map that is not a conservative field in general, and the formal statement does not use one.

Deviations from the printed text, each recorded with its item:

  • Algorithm 3's update "v[j]:=v[t]dtjv[j]:=v[t]d_{tj}v[j]:=v[t]dtj​" is implemented as v[j]:=v[j]+v[t]dtjv[j]:=v[j]+v[t]d_{tj}v[j]:=v[j]+v[t]dtj​, which is what the proof computes. The printed overwrite makes Theorem 8(ii) false whenever a node has two children.
  • Lemma 2 gets the hypothesis that DDD has nonempty values, without which its "if" direction fails for D≡∅D\equiv\emptysetD≡∅.
  • Theorem 8 gets the hypothesis that every DkD_kDk​ is locally bounded. The paper takes it from a citation in Remark 3(d), but a conservative field need not be locally bounded, and without it DfwdD_{\mathrm{fwd}}Dfwd​ can fail to have closed graph.
  • Lemma 4's "conservative field" is read in the chain-rule sense (5), since a conservative mapping need not have closed graph or nonempty values.
  • Lemma 5's domain of J2J_2J2​ is read as Rm\mathbb R^mRm.

Theorem numbers and pages are those of the TSE Working Paper 1044 (October 2019), the version this mission cites. The journal version is typeset differently.

The conservative-field definitions duplicate those of the companion mission and are meant to be merged with them. Contributions are welcome at every level: Lemma 2 and Lemmas 3–5 form a reusable nonsmooth chain-rule calculus, and the reverse-equals-forward identity is a standalone statement about backpropagation that holds for arbitrary weights.

Selected references

  • J. Bolte, E. Pauwels, Conservative set valued fields, automatic differentiation, stochastic gradient methods and deep learning, TSE Working Paper 1044, October 2019. https://publications.ut-capitole.fr/id/eprint/42324/1/wp_tse_1044.pdf
  • J. Bolte, E. Pauwels, Conservative set valued fields, automatic differentiation, stochastic gradient methods and deep learning, Mathematical Programming 188 (2021), 19–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-020-01501-5
  • A. Griewank, A. Walther, Evaluating Derivatives: Principles and Techniques of Algorithmic Differentiation, 2nd ed., SIAM, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898717761
  • D. Davis, D. Drusvyatskiy, S. Kakade, J. D. Lee, Stochastic subgradient method converges on tame functions, Foundations of Computational Mathematics 20 (2020), 119–154. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-018-09409-5
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Incremental Proximal Methods for Large Scale Convex Optimization II: With a Randomized Order and a Diminishing Stepsize, Incremental Subgradient-Proximal Methods Converge Almost Surely to an OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistical learning, signal processing and distributed optimization minimize a sum of a large number mmm of convex components over a convex set: a data-fit term per sample plus a regularizer or constraint per sample. When mmm is large, a method that processes one component per iteration is often far cheaper per step than one that evaluates the whole sum. Incremental methods do exactly this. The incremental subgradient method of Nedić and Bertsekas (SIAM J. Optim., 2001) takes a subgradient step on one component at a time; the incremental proximal method replaces some of these steps by proximal steps, which are more stable and are cheap when a component has a closed-form proximal map (an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ term, an indicator of a simple set).

Bertsekas, Incremental Proximal Methods for Large Scale Convex Optimization (Report LIDS-P-2847, MIT, 2010, revised 2011; Math. Program. 129 (2011), doi:10.1007/s10107-011-0472-0), combines the two: each component is split as Fi=fi+hiF_i=f_i+h_iFi​=fi​+hi​, with a proximal step on fif_ifi​ and a subgradient step on hih_ihi​, followed by a projection. The paper analyzes two ways of choosing the component at each iteration, a fixed cyclic order and a randomized order. This mission covers the randomized order (§4 of the paper); its companion mission covers the cyclic order.

Setting

Let X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn be a nonempty closed convex set and let fi,hi:Rn→Rf_i,h_i:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rfi​,hi​:Rn→R, i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m, be convex. The problem is

minimize F(x)=∑i=1m(fi(x)+hi(x))subject to x∈X,\text{minimize } F(x)=\sum_{i=1}^m\bigl(f_i(x)+h_i(x)\bigr)\quad\text{subject to } x\in X,minimize F(x)=i=1∑m​(fi​(x)+hi​(x))subject to x∈X,

with optimal value F∗=inf⁡x∈XF(x)F^*=\inf_{x\in X}F(x)F∗=infx∈X​F(x), possibly −∞-\infty−∞, and optimal set X∗={x∗∈X∣F(x∗)=F∗}X^*=\{x^*\in X\mid F(x^*)=F^*\}X∗={x∗∈X∣F(x∗)=F∗}, possibly empty. PXP_XPX​ is the Euclidean projection on XXX and ∇~f(x)\tilde\nabla f(x)∇~f(x) a subgradient of fff at xxx.

At iteration kkk a component index ωk∈{1,…,m}\omega_k\in\{1,\dots,m\}ωk​∈{1,…,m} is drawn and, with stepsize αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0, one of three updates is applied:

zk=PX(xk−αk∇~fωk(zk)),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~hωk(zk)),(42)z_k=P_X\bigl(x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{\omega_k}(z_k)\bigr),\qquad x_{k+1}=P_X\bigl(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{\omega_k}(z_k)\bigr),\qquad(42)zk​=PX​(xk​−αk​∇~fωk​​(zk​)),xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~hωk​​(zk​)),(42) zk=xk−αk∇~fωk(zk),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~hωk(zk)),(43)z_k=x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{\omega_k}(z_k),\qquad x_{k+1}=P_X\bigl(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{\omega_k}(z_k)\bigr),\qquad(43)zk​=xk​−αk​∇~fωk​​(zk​),xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~hωk​​(zk​)),(43) zk=xk−αk∇~hωk(xk),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~fωk(xk+1)).(44)z_k=x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{\omega_k}(x_k),\qquad x_{k+1}=P_X\bigl(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{\omega_k}(x_{k+1})\bigr).\qquad(44)zk​=xk​−αk​∇~hωk​​(xk​),xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~fωk​​(xk+1​)).(44)

The implicit equations are proximal steps: in (42), zkz_kzk​ minimizes fωk(x)+12αk∥x−xk∥2f_{\omega_k}(x)+\frac1{2\alpha_k}\|x-x_k\|^2fωk​​(x)+2αk​1​∥x−xk​∥2 over XXX. The randomized order means that ωk\omega_kωk​ is uniformly distributed over {1,…,m}\{1,\dots,m\}{1,…,m} and independent of the past history Fk={xk,zk−1,xk−1,…,z0,x0}\mathcal F_k=\{x_k,z_{k-1},x_{k-1},\dots,z_0,x_0\}Fk​={xk​,zk−1​,xk−1​,…,z0​,x0​} (Assumptions 3(a), 4(a)). The growth conditions (Assumptions 3(b), 4(b)) ask for a constant ccc bounding, with probability 1 and for every component iii, the norms of the subgradients used by the step that would be taken if ωk\omega_kωk​ were iii, and the decrease of fif_ifi​, hih_ihi​ along that step by ccc times its length.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 9

If αk→0\alpha_k\to0αk​→0 and ∑kαk=∞\sum_k\alpha_k=\infty∑k​αk​=∞, then

lim inf⁡k→∞F(xk)=F∗with probability 1,\liminf_{k\to\infty}F(x_k)=F^*\quad\text{with probability 1},k→∞liminf​F(xk​)=F∗with probability 1,

and if in addition X∗≠∅X^*\neq\emptysetX∗=∅ and ∑kαk2<∞\sum_k\alpha_k^2<\infty∑k​αk2​<∞, then with probability 1 the iterates xkx_kxk​ converge to some x∗∈X∗x^*\in X^*x∗∈X∗ (which may depend on the sample path).

Milestones

  1. Eq. (58). For every x∗∈X∗x^*\in X^*x∗∈X∗ and every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,
E{∥xk+1−x∗∥2∣Fk}≤∥xk−x∗∥2−2αkm(F(xk)−F∗)+5αk2c2.E\{\|x_{k+1}-x^*\|^2\mid\mathcal F_k\}\le\|x_k-x^*\|^2-\frac{2\alpha_k}{m}\bigl(F(x_k)-F^*\bigr)+5\alpha_k^2c^2.E{∥xk+1​−x∗∥2∣Fk​}≤∥xk​−x∗∥2−m2αk​​(F(xk​)−F∗)+5αk2​c2.
  1. Proposition 2, the supermartingale convergence theorem: if E{Yk+1∣Fk}≤Yk−Zk+WkE\{Y_{k+1}\mid\mathcal F_k\}\le Y_k-Z_k+W_kE{Yk+1​∣Fk​}≤Yk​−Zk​+Wk​ for nonnegative adapted Yk,Zk,WkY_k,Z_k,W_kYk​,Zk​,Wk​ and ∑kWk<∞\sum_kW_k<\infty∑k​Wk​<∞ almost surely, then almost surely ∑kZk<∞\sum_kZ_k<\infty∑k​Zk​<∞ and YkY_kYk​ converges.
  2. Eq. (59). If ∑kαk2<∞\sum_k\alpha_k^2<\infty∑k​αk2​<∞, then for each x∗∈X∗x^*\in X^*x∗∈X∗, almost surely, ∑k2αkm(F(xk)−F∗)<∞\sum_k\frac{2\alpha_k}{m}(F(x_k)-F^*)<\infty∑k​m2αk​​(F(xk​)−F∗)<∞ and ∥xk−x∗∥\|x_k-x^*\|∥xk​−x∗∥ converges.
  3. Proposition 7 (constant stepsize α\alphaα): almost surely inf⁡k≥0F(xk)=F∗\inf_{k\ge0}F(x_k)=F^*infk≥0​F(xk​)=F∗ if F∗=−∞F^*=-\inftyF∗=−∞, and inf⁡k≥0F(xk)≤F∗+5αmc22\inf_{k\ge0}F(x_k)\le F^*+\frac{5\alpha mc^2}{2}infk≥0​F(xk​)≤F∗+25αmc2​ otherwise.
  4. Proposition 8 (constant stepsize, X∗≠∅X^*\neq\emptysetX∗=∅, ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0): the first index NNN with F(xN)<F∗+5αmc2+ϵ2F(x_N)<F^*+\frac{5\alpha mc^2+\epsilon}{2}F(xN​)<F∗+25αmc2+ϵ​ is almost surely finite and E{N}≤m dist(x0;X∗)2/(αϵ)E\{N\}\le m\,\mathrm{dist}(x_0;X^*)^2/(\alpha\epsilon)E{N}≤mdist(x0​;X∗)2/(αϵ).

Significance

Proposition 9 says that a randomized incremental method with a diminishing stepsize solves the problem exactly, almost surely, under conditions that do not require differentiability, bounded level sets, or strong convexity. Propositions 7 and 8 quantify the constant-stepsize regime: the error bound is O(αmc2)O(\alpha mc^2)O(αmc2), smaller by a factor of mmm than the worst case of the cyclic order (Proposition 4 of the paper). This is the paper's argument for randomization, and the same comparison recurs in the later literature on stochastic and incremental methods.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as known, none of them is machine-checked: Mathlib has conditional expectation, filtrations and Doob's martingale convergence theorem, but not the Robbins–Siegmund almost-supermartingale theorem in the form used here, and no incremental or stochastic proximal method has a formal convergence proof on the platform. The mission produces a formal model of a randomized algorithm with implicit (proximal) steps, a formal Robbins–Siegmund special case, and a complete a.s. convergence proof that other stochastic-approximation formalizations can reuse.

Difficulty

The deterministic estimate behind (58) is the one of the cyclic analysis with the sampled component in place of the cyclic one. The new difficulty is the conditioning step: E{Fωk(zk)∣Fk}=1m∑iFi(zki)E\{F_{\omega_k}(z_k)\mid\mathcal F_k\}=\frac1m\sum_iF_i(z_k^i)E{Fωk​​(zk​)∣Fk​}=m1​∑i​Fi​(zki​) needs the step that would be taken for each component iii to be a function of the past, and ωk\omega_kωk​ to be independent of it, and both must be stated so that the conditional expectation is that of an integrable function. The obvious route from (59) to part 2 of the goal fails: (59) gives, for each x∗x^*x∗, an event of probability 1, and X∗X^*X∗ is in general uncountable, so the events cannot be intersected directly. Part 1 must also handle F∗=−∞F^*=-\inftyF∗=−∞, where no point of X∗X^*X∗ is available.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); components are indexed by Fin m (0,…,m−10,\dots,m-10,…,m−1), with m≥1m\ge1m≥1.
  • XXX is nonempty, closed and convex and fi,hif_i,h_ifi​,hi​ are real-valued convex (the paper's standing assumptions of p. 4), stated as explicit hypotheses; stepsizes are positive.
  • PXP_XPX​ is a predicate (nearest point of XXX); subgradients are given by the subgradient inequality. The iterations (42)–(44) are their subgradient forms, with the subgradient of fif_ifi​ the one that makes the implicit equation hold, which is the paper's proximal step.
  • F∗F^*F∗ is an infimum in EReal, so F∗=−∞F^*=-\inftyF∗=−∞ is represented and the lim inf⁡\liminfliminf and inf⁡\infinf statements are in EReal.
  • The run carries, for each kkk and each component iii, the would-be step from xkx_kxk​; the realized step is the one for i=ωki=\omega_ki=ωk​. The bounds (45)–(48) are required for all iii, as in the paper.
  • "Independent of the past history" is formalized as independence of σ(ωk)\sigma(\omega_k)σ(ωk​) from Fk=σ(x0,…,xk,z0,…,zk−1)\mathcal F_k=\sigma(x_0,\dots,x_k,z_0,\dots,z_{k-1})Fk​=σ(x0​,…,xk​,z0​,…,zk−1​). Added hypotheses that make it meaningful: the iterates are measurable, the would-be step at kkk is Fk\mathcal F_kFk​-measurable, and x0x_0x0​ is a fixed vector.
  • Proposition 2 adds integrability of YkY_kYk​ (Lean's conditional expectation of a non-integrable function is 000).
  • Proposition 8 uses the paper's own NNN (the first entry time into the level set of its proof), not an arbitrary random variable, and adds the hypothesis x0∈Xx_0\in Xx0​∈X, which its proof uses.

A formalization in which the would-be steps may depend on ωk\omega_kωk​, or in which ωk\omega_kωk​ is only assumed uniform, would let a step pick its component adversarially; the measurability and independence hypotheses rule this out, and none of the hypotheses is unsatisfiable (a sorry-free instance with m=2m=2m=2 is checked locally).

Needed infrastructure: the Robbins–Siegmund special case (Proposition 2), conditional expectation of a function of an independent uniform index and a past-measurable quantity, and existence of a countable dense subset of a closed set in Rn\mathbb R^nRn. The supermartingale theorem and the conditioning lemma are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones, of the goal, and of reusable lemmas about projections and proximal steps are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas, Incremental Proximal Methods for Large Scale Convex Optimization, Report LIDS-P-2847, MIT, 2010 (revised March 2011); Mathematical Programming 129 (2011) 163–195. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0472-0
  • A. Nedić and D. P. Bertsekas, Incremental Subgradient Methods for Nondifferentiable Optimization, SIAM Journal on Optimization 12 (2001) 109–138. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623499362111
  • H. Robbins and D. Siegmund, A Convergence Theorem for Non Negative Almost Supermartingales and Some Applications, in Optimizing Methods in Statistics, Academic Press, 1971, 233–257. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
  • J. Neveu, Discrete Parameter Martingales, North-Holland, 1975 (the paper's reference [43] for Proposition 2).
  • D. P. Bertsekas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, Neuro-Dynamic Programming, Athena Scientific, 1996 (the paper's reference [7] for Proposition 2).
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Katyusha: The First Direct Acceleration of Stochastic Gradient Methods 1: Katyusha Converges at the Accelerated Linear Rate (1+√(σ/(3Lm)))^(−Sm) on Strongly Convex Finite SumsResearch Paper

Motivation

A finite-sum optimization problem asks for one vector that performs well across many component objectives. In empirical risk minimization, each component can represent the loss from one data point. A full gradient uses every component, whereas a stochastic gradient uses one component and can be much cheaper per step. The latter carries sampling noise, so a method must control that noise while moving toward the optimum. Allen-Zhu's Katyusha paper gives a direct accelerated stochastic method for this setting. Its strongly convex result, Theorem 2.1, bounds the expected objective error of a specified algorithm after a specified number of epochs.

The problem is relevant when the number of terms is large enough that a full gradient at every iteration is costly, but individual component gradients and proximal steps remain practical. Katyusha combines a periodically refreshed full gradient with individual component gradients. The paper's result concerns the actual returned snapshot of Algorithm 1, Option I, whose weighted averaging rule matters to the claim. Formalizing a generic noisy gradient method would leave the paper's central algorithmic guarantee unstated.

Setting

Let f1,…,fn:Rd→Rf_1,\ldots,f_n:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf1​,…,fn​:Rd→R be differentiable functions, with n≥1n\ge1n≥1. Their finite-sum objective is f(x)=n−1∑i=1nfi(x)f(x)=n^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x)f(x)=n−1∑i=1n​fi​(x). A real-valued regularizer ψ\psiψ gives the composite objective

F(x)=f(x)+ψ(x).F(x)=f(x)+\psi(x).F(x)=f(x)+ψ(x).

Each fif_ifi​ is convex and LLL smooth: its gradient is LLL Lipschitz in the Euclidean norm. The regularizer is σ\sigmaσ strongly convex, with L,σ>0L,\sigma>0L,σ>0, in the paper's convention that the quadratic term has coefficient σ/2\sigma/2σ/2. The comparison point x∗x^*x∗ minimizes the full objective FFF.

Algorithm 1 starts from x0x_0x0​ and keeps three vectors: a snapshot x~\widetilde xx, a proximal sequence zzz, and another proximal sequence yyy. In each epoch it computes ∇f(x~)\nabla f(\widetilde x)∇f(x). At a current point xxx, it samples iii uniformly from {1,…,n}\{1,\ldots,n\}{1,…,n} and forms the gradient estimator

∇~=∇f(x~)+∇fi(x)−∇fi(x~).\widetilde\nabla=\nabla f(\widetilde x)+\nabla f_i(x)-\nabla f_i(\widetilde x).∇=∇f(x)+∇fi​(x)−∇fi​(x).

The algorithm then makes two proximal updates using ∇~\widetilde\nabla∇ and ψ\psiψ. Its next snapshot is a weighted average of the new yyy values, with weights (1+ασ)j(1+\alpha\sigma)^j(1+ασ)j for j=0,…,m−1j=0,\ldots,m-1j=0,…,m−1. The iterates yyy and zzz persist between epochs. In the theorem's run the epoch length is m=2nm=2nm=2n, and τ2=1/2\tau_2=1/2τ2​=1/2, τ1=min⁡{mσ/3L,1/2}\tau_1=\min\{\sqrt{m\sigma}/\sqrt{3L},1/2\}τ1​=min{mσ​/3L​,1/2}, and α=1/(3τ1L)\alpha=1/(3\tau_1L)α=1/(3τ1​L). The output after SSS epochs is x~S\widetilde x^SxS.

Formalization targets

Theorem 2.1: objective error after SSS epochs

For every starting point x0x_0x0​ and minimizer x∗x^*x∗ of FFF, the target is the paper's two-case expected bound:

EF(x~S)−F(x∗)≤{4(1+σ/(3Lm))−Sm(F(x0)−F(x∗)),mσ/L≤3/4,3(2/3)S(F(x0)−F(x∗)),mσ/L>3/4.\mathbb E F(\widetilde x^S)-F(x^*)\le\begin{cases}4(1+\sqrt{\sigma/(3Lm)})^{-Sm}\bigl(F(x_0)-F(x^*)\bigr),&m\sigma/L\le3/4,\\3(2/3)^S\bigl(F(x_0)-F(x^*)\bigr),&m\sigma/L>3/4.\end{cases}EF(xS)−F(x∗)≤{4(1+σ/(3Lm)​)−Sm(F(x0​)−F(x∗)),3(2/3)S(F(x0​)−F(x∗)),​mσ/L≤3/4,mσ/L>3/4.​

The expectation is over every independent uniform index sampled by the run. The two regimes meet at the threshold where the algorithm's minimum defining τ1\tau_1τ1​ changes branch. The milestone list follows Lemmas 2.3–2.7 and the displayed one-epoch inequalities of Section 2.2. It includes the variance bound, the proximal estimates, and the two regime-specific epoch estimates that feed the final theorem.

Significance

The theorem gives an accelerated linear reduction of the expected composite-objective error under the paper's strong convexity assumptions. It identifies how the rate depends on component count nnn, smoothness LLL, strong convexity σ\sigmaσ, and epoch count SSS. The author also translates the result into an iteration-complexity statement and uses it as a basis for later reductions and generalizations in the paper. The objective-error theorem is the stable mathematical claim formalized here; the complexity paraphrase is outside this mission's Lean goal.

Allen-Zhu proved Theorem 2.1 in the paper. The Lean declarations in this proposal are targets with proof placeholders, not machine-checked proofs of Katyusha's convergence. Completing them would produce a checked account of the exact algorithm, its finite probability space, and the conditional inequalities for an epoch. The finite-sum and proximal-point definitions reused here are already published in the SAGA formalization; Katyusha's weighted snapshot and coupling statements require their own development.

Difficulty

The estimator is unbiased, but that fact alone does not give the claimed acceleration. Its variance depends on the snapshot and current point, and a direct descent estimate retains a variance penalty. The bound in Lemma 2.4 expresses that penalty through a smooth convex gap which can have either sign before it is combined with other terms. The two proximal sequences and the snapshot therefore have to be accounted for together. Across an epoch, the yyy iterates are averaged with nonuniform weights, while yyy and zzz themselves are carried into the next epoch. Replacing the snapshot with the final yyy value or with a uniform average changes the algorithm and the theorem.

The two rate cases also reflect different parameter values. When mσ/L≤3/4m\sigma/L\le3/4mσ/L≤3/4, τ1\tau_1τ1​ is determined by a square root; above that threshold it is fixed at 1/21/21/2. A proof of only one branch would omit part of the source result. Treating the sampled indices as a single arbitrary path would ask for a false pathwise guarantee, whereas stating the result for a favorable path would lose the expectation bound.

Formalization scope

Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and component indices are Fin n, translating the paper's one-based {1,…,n}\{1,\ldots,n\}{1,…,n} to a zero-based finite type. The goal fixes m=2nm=2nm=2n as Algorithm 1 does; the conditional one-epoch statements admit any positive mmm. The number of epochs SSS can be zero, in which case the output is the initial snapshot. The objective is real-valued. Thus ψ\psiψ may be nondifferentiable but does not include extended-valued indicator functions. The component gradient fields are required to be the actual gradients of their functions, and the comparison point minimizes FFF, not merely fff.

A proximal map P(γ,⋅)P(\gamma,\cdot)P(γ,⋅) is an explicit argument constrained, for every γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, to minimize the proximal objective of the given ψ\psiψ. The run computes the paper's two proximal updates with that map. The expectation is the finite uniform average over all nSmn^{Sm}nSm sequences, equivalent to SmSmSm independent uniform samples. It never quantifies over a convenient sequence. These links prevent a vacuous or unrelated encoding of the method.

The paper writes both rates using O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅). Its Section 2.2 bounds yield the concrete coefficient 444 in the square-root regime and 333 in the 1.5−S1.5^{-S}1.5−S regime; these are the expressions in the Lean goal. For Case 1 the rate is represented by division by (1+σ/(3Lm))Sm(1+\sqrt{\sigma/(3Lm)})^{Sm}(1+σ/(3Lm)​)Sm, a positive denominator. For Case 2 it is 3(2/3)S3(2/3)^S3(2/3)S. The statement retains both conclusions at their stated boundary. The one-step lemmas average only a fresh sampled index with the current state fixed, and the epoch statements average the current epoch's mmm indices.

The development needs finite sums and finite expectations, Euclidean smooth and strong convexity facts, proximal minimizer inequalities, and algebra of the weighted snapshot. The finite-sum objective, averaged gradient, proximal-point predicate, and finite index expectation are shared definitions; the Katyusha run, progress value, potential, and epoch inequalities are specific to this algorithm. Contributions proving the milestone statements, establishing existence and uniqueness of the proximal map under these assumptions, or improving reusable proximal and finite-expectation lemmas are within scope.

Selected references

  • Zeyuan Allen-Zhu, Katyusha: The First Direct Acceleration of Stochastic Gradient Methods, Journal of Machine Learning Research 18 (2018), 1–51; arXiv:1603.05953v6. The formalization uses the pinned arXiv version, pp. 1, 6–13.
  • Aaron Defazio, Francis Bach, and Simon Lacoste-Julien, SAGA: A Fast Incremental Gradient Method With Support for Non-Strongly Convex Composite Objectives, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 27 (2014); arXiv:1407.0202. The published finite-sum and proximal-point definitions are reused as common objects.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Strong Mixed-Integer Programming Formulations for Trained Neural Networks 1: A ReLU Neuron over a Box Has an Ideal Formulation with One Binary Variable and the Exponential Family (6b)Research Paper

Why optimize over a trained ReLU neuron

A trained feed-forward neural network with ReLU activations, ReLU(v)=max⁡{0,v}\mathrm{ReLU}(v)=\max\{0,v\}ReLU(v)=max{0,v}, is a piecewise linear function of its input. Many tasks ask for an optimization over such a network with its weights held fixed: verifying that no small perturbation of an image changes its classification, finding adversarial examples, or embedding a learned model of demand or cost inside a decision problem ("predict, then optimize"). The standard way to solve such problems exactly is mixed-integer programming (MIP): each neuron is written as a small set of linear constraints with one binary variable, and the network is the composition of these neuron formulations. How strong each neuron formulation is decides how fast branch-and-bound can close the gap.

The formulation used in the literature up to 2018 is the big-M formulation. It is valid but weak. This mission formalizes the main result of Anderson, Huchette, Tjandraatmadja and Vielma, IPCO 2019 extended abstract (arXiv:1811.08359v2), which gives the strongest possible formulation of a single ReLU neuron that uses the original variables and one binary variable only.

Timeline. Big-M formulations of ReLU networks were used by several groups in 2017–2018 for verification and adversarial analysis (see §1.2 of the paper). Balas's disjunctive programming (1985, 1998) and the multiple choice formulation of piecewise linear functions (Vielma and Nemhauser, Math. Program. 2011) give an ideal formulation of the neuron that needs a copy of the input variables. Anderson et al. (2019) project out that copy and obtain the formulation (6) below; a longer journal version (Math. Program. 2020, with W. Ma) develops the analysis further, including interactions between neurons.

Setting

Fix η∈N\eta\in\mathbb Nη∈N, a weight vector w∈Rηw\in\mathbb R^\etaw∈Rη, a bias b∈Rb\in\mathbb Rb∈R, and bounds L,U∈RηL,U\in\mathbb R^\etaL,U∈Rη with Li<UiL_i<U_iLi​<Ui​ for every iii. The neuron computes ReLU(f(x))\mathrm{ReLU}(f(x))ReLU(f(x)) for the affine function f(x)=w⋅x+bf(x)=w\cdot x+bf(x)=w⋅x+b on the box [L,U]={x:L≤x≤U}[L,U]=\{x: L\le x\le U\}[L,U]={x:L≤x≤U}. Its graph is

gr⁡(ReLU∘f;[L,U])={(x,ReLU(f(x))):L≤x≤U}.\operatorname{gr}(\mathrm{ReLU}\circ f;[L,U])=\{(x,\mathrm{ReLU}(f(x))) : L\le x\le U\}.gr(ReLU∘f;[L,U])={(x,ReLU(f(x))):L≤x≤U}.

The sign-adjusted bounds are L˘i=Li\breve L_i=L_iL˘i​=Li​, U˘i=Ui\breve U_i=U_iU˘i​=Ui​ when wi≥0w_i\ge 0wi​≥0, and L˘i=Ui\breve L_i=U_iL˘i​=Ui​, U˘i=Li\breve U_i=L_iU˘i​=Li​ when wi<0w_i<0wi​<0. Then M+(f)=w⋅U˘+bM^+(f)=w\cdot\breve U+bM+(f)=w⋅U˘+b and M−(f)=w⋅L˘+bM^-(f)=w\cdot\breve L+bM−(f)=w⋅L˘+b are the maximum and minimum of fff on [L,U][L,U][L,U], and supp⁡(w)={i:wi≠0}\operatorname{supp}(w)=\{i: w_i\ne 0\}supp(w)={i:wi​=0}. Strict activity means M−(f)<0<M+(f)M^-(f)<0<M^+(f)M−(f)<0<M+(f): the neuron is neither always off nor always on. The paper assumes throughout that Li<UiL_i<U_iLi​<Ui​ and that strict activity holds.

A set RRR of points (x,y,z)(x,y,z)(x,y,z) with z∈[0,1]z\in[0,1]z∈[0,1], read together with the constraint z∈{0,1}z\in\{0,1\}z∈{0,1}, is a formulation of the graph if (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) lies on the graph exactly when (x,y,z)∈R(x,y,z)\in R(x,y,z)∈R for some z∈{0,1}z\in\{0,1\}z∈{0,1}; RRR is then its LP relaxation. The formulation is ideal if every extreme point of RRR has z∈{0,1}z\in\{0,1\}z∈{0,1}.

The big-M formulation (3) is y≥f(x)y\ge f(x)y≥f(x), y≤f(x)−M−(f)(1−z)y\le f(x)-M^-(f)(1-z)y≤f(x)−M−(f)(1−z), y≤M+(f)zy\le M^+(f)zy≤M+(f)z, (x,y,z)∈[L,U]×R≥0×{0,1}(x,y,z)\in[L,U]\times\mathbb R_{\ge0}\times\{0,1\}(x,y,z)∈[L,U]×R≥0​×{0,1}. The formulation of Proposition 1 is

y≥w⋅x+b(6a)y≤∑i∈Iwi(xi−L˘i(1−z))+(b+∑i∉IwiU˘i)z∀I⊆supp⁡(w)(6b)(x,y,z)∈[L,U]×R≥0×{0,1}.(6c)\begin{aligned} &y\ge w\cdot x+b &&(6a)\\ &y\le\sum_{i\in I}w_i\bigl(x_i-\breve L_i(1-z)\bigr)+\Bigl(b+\sum_{i\notin I}w_i\breve U_i\Bigr)z\qquad\forall I\subseteq\operatorname{supp}(w) &&(6b)\\ &(x,y,z)\in[L,U]\times\mathbb R_{\ge0}\times\{0,1\}. &&(6c) \end{aligned}​y≥w⋅x+by≤i∈I∑​wi​(xi​−L˘i​(1−z))+(b+i∈/I∑​wi​U˘i​)z∀I⊆supp(w)(x,y,z)∈[L,U]×R≥0​×{0,1}.​​(6a)(6b)(6c)​

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 6)

(6a)–(6c) is a formulation of gr⁡(ReLU∘f;[L,U]), and every extreme point of its LP relaxation has z∈{0,1}.\text{(6a)–(6c) is a formulation of }\operatorname{gr}(\mathrm{ReLU}\circ f;[L,U]),\ \text{and every extreme point of its LP relaxation has } z\in\{0,1\}.(6a)–(6c) is a formulation of gr(ReLU∘f;[L,U]), and every extreme point of its LP relaxation has z∈{0,1}.

Milestones (Appendix A.1 and §2.2)

  1. The multiple choice formulation (5), with copies x0,x1,y0,y1x^0,x^1,y^0,y^1x0,x1,y0,y1, has only integral zzz at extreme points in its lifted space and formulates the graph; projected to (x,y,z)(x,y,z)(x,y,z), its LP relaxation is the convex hull of its points with z∈{0,1}z\in\{0,1\}z∈{0,1} (§2.2, pp. 5–6).
  2. Projecting the copies out of the LP relaxation of (5) gives the linear system (7): (6a), (6b), a second exponential family (7c), and the bounds (7d) (App. A.1, p. 14).
  3. The family (7c) is implied by the other constraints (App. A.1, pp. 14–15).
  4. The LP relaxation of (6) is the convex hull of its points with z∈{0,1}z\in\{0,1\}z∈{0,1} (App. A.1, p. 14).

Companion results

  • M±(f)M^\pm(f)M±(f) are the maximum and minimum of fff on [L,U][L,U][L,U] (§1.3, p. 4).
  • Proposition 3 (p. 7): for (x^,y^,z^)∈[L,U]×R≥0×[0,1](\hat x,\hat y,\hat z)\in[L,U]\times\mathbb R_{\ge0}\times[0,1](x^,y^​,z^)∈[L,U]×R≥0​×[0,1], if some inequality of (6b) is violated, the one for I^={i∈supp⁡(w):wix^i<wi(L˘i(1−z^)+U˘iz^)}\hat I=\{i\in\operatorname{supp}(w): w_i\hat x_i<w_i(\breve L_i(1-\hat z)+\breve U_i\hat z)\}I^={i∈supp(w):wi​x^i​<wi​(L˘i​(1−z^)+U˘i​z^)} is the most violated.
  • The big-M formulation (3) is a formulation of the graph (p. 4); Examples 1 and 2 (p. 5) show that it is not ideal and that its gap grows like 12γη\tfrac12\gamma\eta21​γη; its inequalities (3b), (3c) are (6b) for I=supp⁡(w)I=\operatorname{supp}(w)I=supp(w) and I=∅I=\emptysetI=∅ (p. 7).

Significance

Proposition 1 says that the convex hull of the graph, lifted with one binary variable, is described by (6a), (6b) and the bounds, with no auxiliary continuous variables. Optimizing a linear function over the LP relaxation of (6) therefore gives the tightest convex relaxation available for a single neuron, and Proposition 3 gives a separation routine linear in η\etaη, so the exponential family can be added on demand to a big-M model. The paper's experiments (§3, not formalized) report that separating over (6b) solves smaller MNIST verification instances faster than Gurobi's default cut generation by a factor of 7.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. To our knowledge none of these statements has a machine-checked proof. The work this mission asks for is the formalization of the known proof: an ideality statement for the multiple choice formulation, a Fourier–Motzkin projection carried out for an arbitrary index set with general-sign weights, and the passage from a hull identity to integrality of extreme points.

Difficulty

The formulation half of Proposition 1 is a short case analysis on z∈{0,1}z\in\{0,1\}z∈{0,1}; the content is ideality. The obvious attempt, characterizing the extreme points of the LP relaxation of (6) directly, is impractical: the polytope is cut out by 2∣supp⁡(w)∣2^{|\operatorname{supp}(w)|}2∣supp(w)∣ inequalities, and showing that every point with fractional zzz is a proper convex combination of feasible points means handling all patterns of tight inequalities of (6b) at once. Ideality of the extended formulation (5) is classical and passes to its projection onto (x,y,z)(x,y,z)(x,y,z), but that only helps once the projection is known to be exactly the LP relaxation of (6): it has to be computed for an arbitrary index set, and every inequality it produces must be shown to be one of (6a), (6b), the bounds, or implied by them. Weights of both signs must be handled throughout: the page treats negative weights by a change of variables, and a formal development has to carry the sign-adjusted bounds L˘,U˘\breve L,\breve UL˘,U˘ through every step.

Formalization scope

Inputs x∈Rηx\in\mathbb R^\etax∈Rη are Fin η → ℝ, so indices are 0-based; points (x,y,z)(x,y,z)(x,y,z) are (Fin η → ℝ) × ℝ × ℝ. A formulation is encoded by its LP relaxation RRR (with z∈[0,1]z\in[0,1]z∈[0,1]) and the predicate "(x,y)∈S(x,y)\in S(x,y)∈S iff (x,y,z)∈R(x,y,z)\in R(x,y,z)∈R for some z∈{0,1}z\in\{0,1\}z∈{0,1}"; ideality is ∀ p ∈ Set.extremePoints ℝ R, p.2.2 = 0 ∨ p.2.2 = 1. M±(f)M^\pm(f)M±(f) are defined by their closed forms, and a companion theorem proves that they are the maximum and minimum. In (6b) and (7c), "i∉Ii\notin Ii∈/I" ranges over all indices outside III, zero weights included. The system (7) is stated with L˘,U˘\breve L,\breve UL˘,U˘, i.e. after undoing the page's substitution x~i=−xi\tilde x_i=-x_ix~i​=−xi​; for w≥0w\ge 0w≥0 it is the page's display. The LP relaxation of (5) is represented both in its lifted space and projected to (x,y,z)(x,y,z)(x,y,z), with the copies quantified existentially in the latter, and constant bbb is scaled by 1−z1-z1−z in (5b) and by zzz in (5c).

The goal carries both standing assumptions of §1.3 (Li<UiL_i<U_iLi​<Ui​ and strict activity) and nothing else. Milestones that do not need strict activity omit it, which makes them stronger. Example 2 includes the page's γ=0\gamma=0γ=0 boundary: although its box then violates Li<UiL_i<U_iLi​<Ui​ when η>0\eta>0η>0, the example's three stated claims remain true.

Ideality is a statement about the LP relaxation, not about the set with z∈{0,1}z\in\{0,1\}z∈{0,1}: applied to the latter it would hold trivially, and a goal stating only that (6) is a formulation would omit the result's content. Both are ruled out by the statement of the goal.

A complete development needs: extreme points and convex hulls of polyhedra in product spaces (Mathlib), the hull of a union of two polytopes as a projection, Fourier–Motzkin elimination over an arbitrary finite index set, and finite-sum manipulations over subsets of supp⁡(w)\operatorname{supp}(w)supp(w). The Fourier–Motzkin and disjunctive-hull lemmas are reusable well beyond this mission; contributions of either are welcome, as are proofs of the companion results.

Source: the IPCO 2019 extended abstract, arXiv:1811.08359v2 (28 Feb 2019); all labels and pages refer to that version.

Selected references

  • R. Anderson, J. Huchette, C. Tjandraatmadja, J. P. Vielma, Strong mixed-integer programming formulations for trained neural networks, IPCO 2019 (LNCS 11480), extended abstract. arXiv:1811.08359v2
  • R. Anderson, J. Huchette, W. Ma, C. Tjandraatmadja, J. P. Vielma, Strong mixed-integer programming formulations for trained neural networks, Mathematical Programming 183 (2020) 3–39. doi:10.1007/s10107-020-01474-5, arXiv:1811.01988
  • J. P. Vielma, G. Nemhauser, Modeling disjunctive constraints with a logarithmic number of binary variables and constraints, Mathematical Programming 128 (2011) 49–72. doi:10.1007/s10107-009-0295-4
  • E. Balas, Disjunctive programming and a hierarchy of relaxations for discrete optimization problems, SIAM Journal on Algebraic and Discrete Methods 6(3) (1985) 466–486. doi:10.1137/0606047
  • E. Balas, Disjunctive programming: properties of the convex hull of feasible points, Discrete Applied Mathematics 89 (1998) 3–44. doi:10.1016/S0166-218X(98)00136-X
  • J. P. Vielma, Mixed integer linear programming formulation techniques, SIAM Review 57(1) (2015) 3–57. doi:10.1137/130915303
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Information TheoryProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Information-Theoretic Analysis of Generalization Capability of Learning Algorithms II: n ≥ (8σ²/α²)(ε/β + log(2/β)) Samples Give |L_μ(W) − L_S(W)| ≤ α with Probability at Least 1 − β (Theorem 3)Research Paper

Motivation

A learning algorithm picks a hypothesis WWW from a dataset SSS; its generalization error Lμ(W)−LS(W)L_\mu(W) - L_S(W)Lμ​(W)−LS​(W) measures how far the empirical risk the algorithm sees is from the population risk it is judged by. Classical bounds control this error through the complexity of the hypothesis space (VC dimension, Rademacher complexity) or through the algorithm's stability. An information-theoretic approach instead controls it through how much the output reveals about the data. Russo and Zou (arXiv:1511.05219) introduced this view for adaptive data analysis, and Xu and Raginsky (arXiv:1705.07809) turned it into a general framework for learning algorithms; the framework underlies a large later literature on mutual-information and conditional-mutual-information generalization bounds.

Expected-value bounds of the form ∣E[Lμ(W)−LS(W)]∣≤2σ2I/n|\mathbb E[L_\mu(W) - L_S(W)]| \le \sqrt{2\sigma^2 I/n}∣E[Lμ​(W)−LS​(W)]∣≤2σ2I/n​ say nothing about a single run of the algorithm. A learner usually needs the error to be small with high probability. This mission formalizes Xu and Raginsky's high-probability result, Theorem 3, which gives a sample size sufficient for ∣Lμ(W)−LS(W)∣≤α|L_\mu(W) - L_S(W)| \le \alpha∣Lμ​(W)−LS​(W)∣≤α with probability at least 1−β1-\beta1−β under an information budget.

Timeline. 2016: Russo and Zou bound the expected bias of adaptively selected statistics by mutual information, for finite hypothesis classes. 2016: Bassily, Nissim, Smith, Steinke, Stemmer and Ullman (arXiv:1511.02513) introduce the "monitor technique" to convert expected bounds into high-probability bounds for differentially private and stable algorithms. 2017: Xu and Raginsky adapt the monitor technique to mutual information, obtaining Theorem 3 and its byproduct Theorem 4.

Setting

There is an instance space Z\mathsf ZZ with an unknown probability measure μ\muμ, a hypothesis space W\mathsf WW, and a nonnegative loss ℓ:W×Z→R+\ell:\mathsf W\times\mathsf Z\to\mathbb R_+ℓ:W×Z→R+​. A learning algorithm is a Markov kernel PW∣SP_{W|S}PW∣S​: it receives a dataset S=(Z1,…,Zn)S = (Z_1,\dots,Z_n)S=(Z1​,…,Zn​) of nnn i.i.d. draws from μ\muμ and outputs a random W∈WW\in\mathsf WW∈W. The joint law of data and output is PS,W=μ⊗n⊗PW∣SP_{S,W} = \mu^{\otimes n}\otimes P_{W|S}PS,W​=μ⊗n⊗PW∣S​.

The population risk and empirical risk of www are

Lμ(w)=∫Zℓ(w,z) μ(dz),LS(w)=1n∑i=1nℓ(w,Zi).L_\mu(w) = \int_{\mathsf Z}\ell(w,z)\,\mu(dz),\qquad L_S(w) = \frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n \ell(w,Z_i).Lμ​(w)=∫Z​ℓ(w,z)μ(dz),LS​(w)=n1​i=1∑n​ℓ(w,Zi​).

The empirical-risk vector is ΛW(S)=(LS(w))w∈W\Lambda_{\mathsf W}(S) = (L_S(w))_{w\in\mathsf W}ΛW​(S)=(LS​(w))w∈W​. For random variables X,YX, YX,Y with joint law PX,YP_{X,Y}PX,Y​, the mutual information is I(X;Y)=D(PX,Y ∥ PX⊗PY)∈[0,∞]I(X;Y) = D(P_{X,Y}\,\|\,P_X\otimes P_Y)\in[0,\infty]I(X;Y)=D(PX,Y​∥PX​⊗PY​)∈[0,∞], the Kullback–Leibler divergence from the joint law to the product of the marginals. The algorithm's information budget is I(ΛW(S);W)≤εI(\Lambda_{\mathsf W}(S);W)\le\varepsilonI(ΛW​(S);W)≤ε.

A real random variable UUU is σ\sigmaσ-subgaussian if log⁡E[eλ(U−EU)]≤λ2σ2/2\log\mathbb E[e^{\lambda(U - \mathbb EU)}]\le\lambda^2\sigma^2/2logE[eλ(U−EU)]≤λ2σ2/2 for all λ∈R\lambda\in\mathbb Rλ∈R. The standing assumption is that ℓ(w,Z)\ell(w,Z)ℓ(w,Z), Z∼μZ\sim\muZ∼μ, is σ\sigmaσ-subgaussian for every www; a loss with values in [a,b][a,b][a,b] qualifies with σ=(b−a)/2\sigma = (b-a)/2σ=(b−a)/2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

If I(ΛW(S);W)≤εI(\Lambda_{\mathsf W}(S);W)\le\varepsilonI(ΛW​(S);W)≤ε, then for any α>0\alpha>0α>0 and 0<β≤10<\beta\le10<β≤1, every sample size

n ≥ 8σ2α2(εβ+log⁡2β)guaranteesP[∣Lμ(W)−LS(W)∣>α]≤β,n\ \ge\ \frac{8\sigma^2}{\alpha^2}\Big(\frac{\varepsilon}{\beta}+\log\frac2\beta\Big)\quad\text{guarantees}\quad \mathbb P\big[|L_\mu(W)-L_S(W)|>\alpha\big]\le\beta,n ≥ α28σ2​(βε​+logβ2​)guaranteesP[∣Lμ​(W)−LS​(W)∣>α]≤β,

the probability being under PS,WP_{S,W}PS,W​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma B.1 — mmm independent parallel runs: I(ΛW(S1),…,ΛW(Sm);Wm)≤mεI(\Lambda_{\mathsf W}(S_1),\dots,\Lambda_{\mathsf W}(S_m);W^m)\le m\varepsilonI(ΛW​(S1​),…,ΛW​(Sm​);Wm)≤mε.
  2. Lemma B.2 — for any algorithm outputting (W,T,R)∈W×[m]×{±1}(W,T,R)\in\mathsf W\times[m]\times\{\pm1\}(W,T,R)∈W×[m]×{±1} from mmm datasets with information at most ε\varepsilonε: E[R(LST(W)−Lμ(W))]≤2σ2ε/n\mathbb E[R(L_{S_T}(W)-L_\mu(W))]\le\sqrt{2\sigma^2\varepsilon/n}E[R(LST​​(W)−Lμ​(W))]≤2σ2ε/n​.
  3. The monitor's information (p. 12): the arg max selector (W∗,T∗,R∗)(W^*,T^*,R^*)(W∗,T∗,R∗) of one of the mmm runs satisfies I(ΛW(S1),…,ΛW(Sm);W∗,T∗,R∗)≤mε+log⁡(2m)I(\Lambda_{\mathsf W}(S_1),\dots,\Lambda_{\mathsf W}(S_m);W^*,T^*,R^*)\le m\varepsilon+\log(2m)I(ΛW​(S1​),…,ΛW​(Sm​);W∗,T∗,R∗)≤mε+log(2m).
  4. (B.7) — E[max⁡t∈[m]∣LSt(Wt)−Lμ(Wt)∣]≤2σ2n(mε+log⁡(2m))\mathbb E\big[\max_{t\in[m]}|L_{S_t}(W_t)-L_\mu(W_t)|\big]\le\sqrt{\tfrac{2\sigma^2}{n}(m\varepsilon+\log(2m))}E[maxt∈[m]​∣LSt​​(Wt​)−Lμ​(Wt​)∣]≤n2σ2​(mε+log(2m))​.
  5. Theorem 4 — the case m=1m=1m=1: E∣Lμ(W)−LS(W)∣≤2σ2n(ε+log⁡2)\mathbb E|L_\mu(W)-L_S(W)|\le\sqrt{\tfrac{2\sigma^2}{n}(\varepsilon+\log 2)}E∣Lμ​(W)−LS​(W)∣≤n2σ2​(ε+log2)​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 shows that a sample complexity polynomial in 1/α1/\alpha1/α and logarithmic in 1/β1/\beta1/β, the same order as for a data-independent hypothesis (where Chernoff–Hoeffding gives 2σ2α2log⁡2β\frac{2\sigma^2}{\alpha^2}\log\frac2\betaα22σ2​logβ2​), still suffices for a data-dependent one, provided the information budget ε\varepsilonε is small relative to β\betaβ. It requires only subgaussian losses, whereas the earlier high-probability bounds of differential privacy apply to bounded losses or bounded-difference functions. Since I(ΛW(S);W)≤I(S;W)I(\Lambda_{\mathsf W}(S);W)\le I(S;W)I(ΛW​(S);W)≤I(S;W), any algorithm with small input-output mutual information (the Gibbs algorithm, noisy empirical risk minimization, adaptive compositions of such) inherits the guarantee. Theorem 4 improves Russo and Zou's bound on the expected absolute error.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; to the best of current knowledge no machine-checked version exists. The mission produces a Lean statement of the theorem with the correct domain of validity (see the scope section), and its proof will require a reusable layer of measure-theoretic information theory: mutual information of joint laws, its additivity over independent pairs, the data-processing inequality, a bound by the logarithm of the number of values of a discrete variable, and the Donsker–Varadhan route from mutual information to expectations of subgaussian functions.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at the step from an expectation to a probability. Markov's inequality applied to Theorem 4 gives a sample size of order σ2(ε+log⁡2)/(α2β2)\sigma^2(\varepsilon+\log 2)/(\alpha^2\beta^2)σ2(ε+log2)/(α2β2), quadratic in 1/β1/\beta1/β. A union-bound or Chernoff argument per hypothesis does not apply, because WWW depends on SSS and the deviation at the selected hypothesis is not a sum of independent terms. The paper's route runs m≈1/βm\approx 1/\betam≈1/β independent copies and selects the worst one; the delicate part is bounding the information the selection itself adds, which needs the chain rule and data processing for mutual information on general (non-discrete) spaces, and an expectation bound that holds uniformly over every selection rule.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions:

  • Z\mathsf ZZ, W\mathsf WW are measurable spaces; datasets are Fin n → Z with law Measure.pi, taken from the published LearnStability.Characterization.Setting (sampleLaw, risk, empRisk); the algorithm is a Markov kernel; the joint law is sampleLaw μ n ⊗ₘ κ.
  • W\mathsf WW is countable with measurable singletons in the deviation bounds (Lemma B.2, (B.7), Theorems 3 and 4). The paper claims its results hold "even when W\mathsf WW is uncountably infinite" (p. 4). Under the product σ-algebra on RW\mathbb R^{\mathsf W}RW this fails: with Z=[0,1]\mathsf Z=[0,1]Z=[0,1], μ\muμ uniform, W=[0,1]n\mathsf W=[0,1]^nW=[0,1]n, ℓ(w,z)=1{z∈{w1,…,wn}}\ell(w,z)=\mathbf 1\{z\in\{w_1,\dots,w_n\}\}ℓ(w,z)=1{z∈{w1​,…,wn​}} and the algorithm W=SW=SW=S, one has I(ΛW(S);W)=0I(\Lambda_{\mathsf W}(S);W)=0I(ΛW​(S);W)=0 but ∣Lμ(W)−LS(W)∣=1|L_\mu(W)-L_S(W)|=1∣Lμ​(W)−LS​(W)∣=1 always. Lemma B.1 and the monitor's information bound hold for arbitrary measurable W\mathsf WW.
  • The loss is jointly measurable; n≥1n\ge1n≥1; ε≥0\varepsilon\ge0ε≥0; σ\sigmaσ-subgaussianity is Mathlib's HasSubgaussianMGF of the centred loss with variance proxy σ2\sigma^2σ2.
  • Mutual information is valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; the budget is I ≤ ENNReal.ofReal ε. Expectations of nonnegative quantities (∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣, max⁡t\max_tmaxt​) are lower Lebesgue integrals; Lemma B.2's signed expectation is a Bochner integral whose integrand is integrable under the hypotheses.
  • [m][m][m] is Fin m; the sign r∈{±1}r\in\{\pm1\}r∈{±1} is a Bool read through sgn.
  • "A sample complexity of n=…n = \dotsn=…" is read as n≥…n\ge\dotsn≥…, as the proof requires.
  • The monitor of milestone 3 is a Markov kernel selecting (T∗,R∗)(T^*,R^*)(T∗,R∗) from all runs and choosing an arg max as in (B.3) almost surely; ties may be resolved randomly.

Two printed slips are corrected in the Lean and disclosed in the item notes: the proof of Lemma B.2 claims rLst(w)rL_{s_t}(w)rLst​​(w) is σ/n\sigma/\sqrt nσ/n​-subgaussian under the product of marginals (false; the centred version is), and (B.6) bounds the negative of the quantity in (B.4) ((B.7) is still correct).

The hypothesis is I(ΛW(S);W)≤εI(\Lambda_{\mathsf W}(S);W)\le\varepsilonI(ΛW​(S);W)≤ε, not the stronger I(S;W)≤εI(S;W)\le\varepsilonI(S;W)≤ε, and the goal mentions neither the parallel copies nor the monitor; a formalization that strengthened the hypothesis, dropped the measurability of the loss (so that the law of (ΛW(S),W)(\Lambda_{\mathsf W}(S),W)(ΛW​(S),W) collapses to the zero measure and every mutual information is 000), or allowed ε<0\varepsilon<0ε<0 would be a weaker, vacuous or false statement.

Welcome contributions: chain rule and data processing for klDiv-based mutual information, additivity over independent products, the log⁡k\log klogk bound for finitely-valued outputs, and the Donsker–Varadhan decoupling lemma; these are reusable across the series and beyond.

Selected references

  • A. Xu and M. Raginsky, Information-theoretic analysis of generalization capability of learning algorithms, NIPS 2017. arXiv:1705.07809v2
  • D. Russo and J. Zou, Controlling bias in adaptive data analysis using information theory, AISTATS 2016. arXiv:1511.05219
  • R. Bassily, K. Nissim, A. Smith, T. Steinke, U. Stemmer and J. Ullman, Algorithmic stability for adaptive data analysis, STOC 2016. arXiv:1511.02513
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, O. Shamir, N. Srebro and K. Sridharan, Learnability, stability and uniform convergence, JMLR 11, 2010. jmlr.org
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization 4: Constant-Step Adam Iterates Converge in Probability to the ODE Solution as γ → 0Research Paper

Motivation

Adam (Kingma and Ba, 2015, arXiv:1412.6980) is one of the most widely used optimizers for training neural networks. It is a stochastic gradient method that keeps exponential moving averages of the stochastic gradients and of their coordinatewise squares, rescales both by bias-correction factors, and divides the first by the square root of the second. Its original convergence analysis was shown to be flawed (Reddi, Kale and Kumar, 2018, arXiv:1904.09237), and in the regime in which practitioners actually run it, with a constant step size, the iterates do not converge.

Barakat and Bianchi (arXiv:1810.02263, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021) describe what constant-step Adam does instead: as the step size γ\gammaγ tends to zero, with the averaging parameters tending to one at rates proportional to γ\gammaγ, the interpolated iterates follow a deterministic non-autonomous ordinary differential equation. This mission formalizes that statement, Theorem 4.3 of the paper, together with the lemmas of its proof (§8.1).

Setting

Let Z=Rd×Rd×Rd\mathcal Z = \mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^dZ=Rd×Rd×Rd with points z=(x,m,v)z=(x,m,v)z=(x,m,v), and Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​ its subset with v≥0v\ge0v≥0 coordinatewise. A random sample ξ\xiξ with law μ\muμ on a measurable space Ξ\XiΞ enters through an integrand f(x,ξ)f(x,\xi)f(x,ξ) with gradient ∇f(x,ξ)\nabla f(x,\xi)∇f(x,ξ) in xxx. The objective is F(x)=Ef(x,ξ)F(x)=\mathbb E f(x,\xi)F(x)=Ef(x,ξ) and the second-moment map is S(x)=E∇f(x,ξ)⊙2S(x)=\mathbb E\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot2}S(x)=E∇f(x,ξ)⊙2.

Given a step size γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, parameters α=αˉ(γ)\alpha=\bar\alpha(\gamma)α=αˉ(γ), β=βˉ(γ)\beta=\bar\beta(\gamma)β=βˉ​(γ) in [0,1)[0,1)[0,1) and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, the Adam map Tγ,α,β(n,z,ξ)T_{\gamma,\alpha,\beta}(n,z,\xi)Tγ,α,β​(n,z,ξ) sends (x,m,v)(x,m,v)(x,m,v) to

(x−γ(1−αn)−1(αm+(1−α)∇f(x,ξ))ε+(1−βn)−1/2(βv+(1−β)∇f(x,ξ)⊙2)1/2, αm+(1−α)∇f(x,ξ), βv+(1−β)∇f(x,ξ)⊙2),\Big(x-\frac{\gamma(1-\alpha^n)^{-1}(\alpha m+(1-\alpha)\nabla f(x,\xi))}{\varepsilon+(1-\beta^n)^{-1/2}(\beta v+(1-\beta)\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot2})^{1/2}},\ \alpha m+(1-\alpha)\nabla f(x,\xi),\ \beta v+(1-\beta)\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot2}\Big),(x−ε+(1−βn)−1/2(βv+(1−β)∇f(x,ξ)⊙2)1/2γ(1−αn)−1(αm+(1−α)∇f(x,ξ))​, αm+(1−α)∇f(x,ξ), βv+(1−β)∇f(x,ξ)⊙2),

coordinatewise. The constant-step iterates are z0γ=(x0,0,0)z^\gamma_0=(x_0,0,0)z0γ​=(x0​,0,0) and znγ=Tγ,αˉ(γ),βˉ(γ)(n,zn−1γ,ξn)z^\gamma_n=T_{\gamma,\bar\alpha(\gamma),\bar\beta(\gamma)}(n,z^\gamma_{n-1},\xi_n)znγ​=Tγ,αˉ(γ),βˉ​(γ)​(n,zn−1γ​,ξn​), driven by iid samples ξ1,ξ2,…\xi_1,\xi_2,\dotsξ1​,ξ2​,… with law μ\muμ. The interpolated process zγ\mathsf z^\gammazγ is the piecewise linear function with zγ(nγ)=znγ\mathsf z^\gamma(n\gamma)=z^\gamma_nzγ(nγ)=znγ​.

The parameters satisfy (1−αˉ(γ))/γ→a>0(1-\bar\alpha(\gamma))/\gamma\to a>0(1−αˉ(γ))/γ→a>0 and (1−βˉ(γ))/γ→b>0(1-\bar\beta(\gamma))/\gamma\to b>0(1−βˉ​(γ))/γ→b>0 as γ↓0\gamma\downarrow0γ↓0, with b≤4ab\le4ab≤4a. The limiting Adam ODE is z˙(t)=h(t,z(t))\dot z(t)=h(t,z(t))z˙(t)=h(t,z(t)), z(0)=(x0,0,0)z(0)=(x_0,0,0)z(0)=(x0​,0,0), where for t>0t>0t>0

h(t,z)=(−(1−e−at)−1mε+(1−e−bt)−1v, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)).h(t,z)=\Big(-\frac{(1-e^{-at})^{-1}m}{\varepsilon+\sqrt{(1-e^{-bt})^{-1}v}},\ a(\nabla F(x)-m),\ b(S(x)-v)\Big).h(t,z)=(−ε+(1−e−bt)−1v​(1−e−at)−1m​, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)).

The vector field is singular at t=0t=0t=0. A global solution is a continuous map z:[0,∞)→Z+z:[0,\infty)\to\mathcal Z_+z:[0,∞)→Z+​, continuously differentiable on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), that satisfies the equation for every t>0t>0t>0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.3

Under the paper's assumptions (Assumptions 2.2 to 2.5, 4.1, and 4.2 ii) with p=2p=2p=2),

∀T>0, ∀δ>0,lim⁡γ↓0P(sup⁡t∈[0,T]∥zγ(t)−z(t)∥>δ)=0,\forall T>0,\ \forall\delta>0,\qquad \lim_{\gamma\downarrow0}\mathbb P\Big(\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\|\mathsf z^\gamma(t)-z(t)\|>\delta\Big)=0,∀T>0, ∀δ>0,γ↓0lim​P(t∈[0,T]sup​∥zγ(t)−z(t)∥>δ)=0,

where zzz is the global solution of the Adam ODE from (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0).

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  • Lemma 8.1. A uniform (1+s)(1+s)(1+s)-moment bound for the normalised increment Hγ(n+1,z,ξ)H_\gamma(n+1,z,\xi)Hγ​(n+1,z,ξ) over states whose debiased version eγ(n,z)e_\gamma(n,z)eγ​(n,z) lies in a ball.
  • Lemma 8.2. Uniform integrability of the increments of the truncated iterates zγ,Rz^{\gamma,R}zγ,R, which are stopped when the debiased iterate leaves the ball of radius RRR.
  • Lemma 8.3. Tightness of the truncated interpolated processes zγ,R\mathsf z^{\gamma,R}zγ,R in C([0,∞),Z)C([0,\infty),\mathcal Z)C([0,∞),Z), and vanishing in probability of the accumulated martingale noise.
  • Proposition 7.6. The debiased trajectories eˉ(t+η,z(t))\bar e(t+\eta,z(t))eˉ(t+η,z(t)) of the ODE stay in one compact set, and F(x(t))≤F(x0)F(x(t))\le F(x_0)F(x(t))≤F(x0​).
  • Lemma 8.4. The mean field hγ(φn,zn)h_\gamma(\varphi_n,z_n)hγ​(φn​,zn​) converges to h(t,z)h(t,z)h(t,z) when γφn→t\gamma\varphi_n\to tγφn​→t.
  • Proposition 7.12. The ODE has exactly one global solution.
  • Eq. (8.4). For R≥R0+1R\ge R_0+1R≥R0​+1, with R0=sup⁡t>0∥eˉ(t,z(t))∥R_0=\sup_{t>0}\|\bar e(t,z(t))\|R0​=supt>0​∥eˉ(t,z(t))∥, the truncated process converges in probability to zzz, uniformly on [0,T][0,T][0,T].

Significance

The theorem justifies the continuous-time model of Adam that the rest of the paper studies. The convergence of the ODE to critical points of FFF (Theorem 3.2) and its rates (Theorem 3.4) say something about the algorithm only through this approximation. It also isolates the role of the bias correction: the initial condition (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0) and the singular factors (1−e−at)−1(1-e^{-at})^{-1}(1−e−at)−1 are exactly the trace of the debiasing step. The result is also the first step towards the long-run statement, Theorem 4.5, which bounds the time the iterates spend away from the critical points as γ→0\gamma\to0γ→0.

The result is proved on paper. To the knowledge of the mission, none of it is machine-checked: there is no formal statement of Adam's dynamics on Prove2Me. A complete development would give a checked instance of the ODE method for a non-autonomous, non-Lipschitz limit field and a non-homogeneous Markov chain. The surrounding stochastic-approximation library (truncation by stopping, uniform integrability, tightness of interpolated processes, identification of limits by uniqueness) applies to other adaptive methods, such as RMSProp and AdaGrad variants, whose limits have the same structure.

Difficulty

The standard argument for constant-step stochastic approximation assumes a time-homogeneous mean field that is locally Lipschitz. Neither holds here. The mean field hγ(n,z)h_\gamma(n,z)hγ​(n,z) depends on the iteration index through the bias-correction factors (1−αˉ(γ)n)−1(1-\bar\alpha(\gamma)^n)^{-1}(1−αˉ(γ)n)−1. Its limit h(t,z)h(t,z)h(t,z) blows up as t↓0t\downarrow0t↓0, and it is not Lipschitz in vvv near v=0v=0v=0. A direct Gronwall comparison between the iterates and the ODE therefore fails at the origin of time, which is exactly where the iterates start.

The iterates are also not known to be bounded. Moment bounds are only available while the debiased iterate stays in a ball. This forces the truncation BRB_RBR​ and an argument that the truncation is asymptotically never triggered. That argument needs uniform-in-time bounds on the ODE solution (Proposition 7.6) and uniqueness of the solution (Proposition 7.12), and both rest on a Lyapunov function specific to the case b≤4ab\le4ab≤4a.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces and norm. Z\mathcal ZZ is E d × E d × E d with E d = EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The paper's ∥z∥\|z\|∥z∥ is the Euclidean norm of R3d\mathbb R^{3d}R3d, written zNorm, not Mathlib's max norm on products.
  • Randomness. The probability space is explicit, with a probability measure P\mathbb PP. Independence of (ξn+1)n(\xi_{n+1})_n(ξn+1​)n​ is stated with iIndepFun. Every ξn\xi_nξn​ with n≥1n\ge1n≥1 has law μ\muμ, and ξ0\xi_0ξ0​ is unused.
  • Gradient. ∇f\nabla f∇f is a given function, measurable in ξ\xiξ, that equals the gradient of f(⋅,ξ)f(\cdot,\xi)f(⋅,ξ) for μ\muμ-almost every ξ\xiξ.
  • Expectations. Moments, the supremum in Lemma 8.1 and the uniform-integrability expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. FFF, SSS and hγh_\gammahγ​ are Bochner integrals, which the hypotheses make integrable.
  • Solutions of the ODE. Solutions are maps R→Z\mathbb R\to\mathcal ZR→Z constrained only on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and uniqueness means agreement on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The deterministic Propositions 7.6 and 7.12 are stated for any FFF, SSS satisfying the paper's §7 hypotheses.
  • Limit and supremum. The limit is γ↓0\gamma\downarrow0γ↓0 (𝓝[>] 0). The event sup⁡t∈[0,T]∥⋅∥>δ\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\|\cdot\|>\deltasupt∈[0,T]​∥⋅∥>δ is written as ∃t∈[0,T], ∥⋅∥>δ\exists t\in[0,T],\ \|\cdot\|>\delta∃t∈[0,T], ∥⋅∥>δ, which is the same event.
  • Tightness. Tightness uses the paper's definition with the compact-open topology on C([0,∞),Z)C([0,\infty),\mathcal Z)C([0,∞),Z).
  • Corrections. Two corrections to the page are recorded in the items. Lemma 8.1 restricts its n=0n=0n=0 case to m=0m=0m=0, because as printed that case is false. Lemma 8.4 states the implicit regime γn→0\gamma_n\to0γn​→0.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out. TTT and δ\deltaδ are universally quantified before the limit and do not depend on γ\gammaγ. The limit is in γ\gammaγ, not in nnn at fixed γ\gammaγ; constant-step Adam does not converge in nnn. The solution zzz is tied to the FFF, SSS, aaa, bbb of the stochastic model. All hypotheses are satisfiable, for example by f(x,ξ)=12∥x∥2+ξ⟨1,x⟩f(x,\xi)=\tfrac12\|x\|^2+\xi\langle\mathbf 1,x\ranglef(x,ξ)=21​∥x∥2+ξ⟨1,x⟩ with ξ=±1\xi=\pm1ξ=±1 equiprobable.

A complete development needs:

  • the deterministic ODE theory of the companion missions (Lyapunov function, boundedness, uniqueness);
  • moment and uniform-integrability bounds;
  • a tightness criterion in C([0,∞),Z)C([0,\infty),\mathcal Z)C([0,∞),Z) (Arzelà–Ascoli);
  • Prokhorov's and Skorokhod's theorems, or a direct substitute;
  • dominated convergence for hγh_\gammahγ​.

Contributions to any of these, including reusable statements about interpolated processes, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Barakat and P. Bianchi, Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021; arXiv:1810.02263v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.02263
  • D. P. Kingma and J. Ba, Adam: A Method for Stochastic Optimization, ICLR, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.6980
  • S. J. Reddi, S. Kale and S. Kumar, On the Convergence of Adam and Beyond, ICLR, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1904.09237
  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, LNM 1709, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • P. Bianchi, W. Hachem and A. Salim, Constant step stochastic approximations involving differential inclusions: stability, long-run convergence and applications, Stochastics 91, 2019, pp. 288–320 (reference [6] of the paper; its Lemma 6.2 gives Lemma 8.3). https://arxiv.org/abs/1802.07981
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization 1: The Continuous-Time Adam ODE Has a Unique Bounded Global Solution from (x₀, 0, 0)Research Paper

Motivation

Adam (Kingma and Ba, 2015, arXiv:1412.6980) is the default optimizer for training deep neural networks. At each step it keeps exponential moving averages mnm_nmn​ and vnv_nvn​ of the stochastic gradients and of their coordinatewise squares, corrects both for their initialization at zero (the bias-correction or debiasing step m^n=mn/(1−αn)\hat m_n = m_n/(1-\alpha^n)m^n​=mn​/(1−αn), v^n=vn/(1−βn)\hat v_n = v_n/(1-\beta^n)v^n​=vn​/(1−βn)), and moves the iterate by −γ m^n/(ε+v^n)-\gamma\,\hat m_n/(\varepsilon + \sqrt{\hat v_n})−γm^n​/(ε+v^n​​). Despite its use, its convergence theory for nonconvex objectives was thin; the original convergence argument was later shown to be flawed (Reddi, Kale and Kumar, 2018, arXiv:1904.09237).

Barakat and Bianchi (arXiv:1810.02263v4, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021, doi:10.1137/19M1263443) study Adam through the ODE method: when the stepsize γ\gammaγ tends to zero and the averaging constants satisfy (1−α)/γ→a(1-\alpha)/\gamma \to a(1−α)/γ→a, (1−β)/γ→b(1-\beta)/\gamma \to b(1−β)/γ→b, the interpolated iterates follow a deterministic non-autonomous differential equation, the continuous-time Adam ODE. Everything else in the paper (convergence of the trajectory, rates under a Łojasiewicz condition, tracking by the constant-step iterates, almost-sure convergence of a decreasing-step variant) presupposes that this ODE is well posed from Adam's initialization. This mission formalizes that well-posedness result, Theorem 3.1 of the paper.

Setting

Let d≥1d \ge 1d≥1 and Z=Rd×Rd×Rd\mathcal Z = \mathbb R^d \times \mathbb R^d \times \mathbb R^dZ=Rd×Rd×Rd, with points z=(x,m,v)z = (x, m, v)z=(x,m,v); set Z+=Rd×Rd×[0,+∞)d\mathcal Z_+ = \mathbb R^d \times \mathbb R^d \times [0,+\infty)^dZ+​=Rd×Rd×[0,+∞)d, Z+∗=Rd×Rd×(0,+∞)d\mathcal Z_+^* = \mathbb R^d \times \mathbb R^d \times (0,+\infty)^dZ+∗​=Rd×Rd×(0,+∞)d and Z0={(x,0,0)}\mathcal Z_0 = \{(x,0,0)\}Z0​={(x,0,0)}. The data are reals a,b,ε>0a, b, \varepsilon > 0a,b,ε>0, a function F:Rd→RF : \mathbb R^d \to \mathbb RF:Rd→R (the objective) and a map S:Rd→RdS : \mathbb R^d \to \mathbb R^dS:Rd→Rd (in the paper, F(x)=Ef(x,ξ)F(x) = \mathbb E f(x,\xi)F(x)=Ef(x,ξ) and S(x)=E ∇f(x,ξ)⊙2S(x) = \mathbb E\,\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot 2}S(x)=E∇f(x,ξ)⊙2, the mean squared gradient). All vector operations are coordinatewise. The Adam vector field is, for t>0t > 0t>0,

h(t,z)=(−(1−e−at)−1mε+(1−e−bt)−1v, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)),h(t,z) = \left( -\frac{(1-e^{-at})^{-1} m}{\varepsilon + \sqrt{(1-e^{-bt})^{-1} v}},\ a(\nabla F(x) - m),\ b(S(x) - v) \right),h(t,z)=(−ε+(1−e−bt)−1v​(1−e−at)−1m​, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)),

and (ODE) is z˙(t)=h(t,z(t))\dot z(t) = h(t, z(t))z˙(t)=h(t,z(t)). The factors (1−e−at)−1(1-e^{-at})^{-1}(1−e−at)−1 and (1−e−bt)−1(1-e^{-bt})^{-1}(1−e−bt)−1 are the continuous-time debiasing. A global solution with initial condition (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0) is a continuous map z:[0,+∞)→Z+z : [0,+\infty) \to \mathcal Z_+z:[0,+∞)→Z+​, continuously differentiable on (0,+∞)(0,+\infty)(0,+∞), satisfying (ODE) for every t>0t > 0t>0, with z(0)=(x0,0,0)z(0) = (x_0,0,0)z(0)=(x0​,0,0).

The proof works with the regularized equations (ODEη)(\mathrm{ODE}_\eta)(ODEη​): z˙(t)=h(t+η,z(t))\dot z(t) = h(t+\eta, z(t))z˙(t)=h(t+η,z(t)) for η∈[0,+∞)\eta \in [0,+\infty)η∈[0,+∞), and z˙=h∞(z)\dot z = h_\infty(z)z˙=h∞​(z) for η=+∞\eta = +\inftyη=+∞, where h∞(x,m,v)=(−m/(ε+v),a(∇F(x)−m),b(S(x)−v))h_\infty(x,m,v) = (-m/(\varepsilon+\sqrt v), a(\nabla F(x)-m), b(S(x)-v))h∞​(x,m,v)=(−m/(ε+v​),a(∇F(x)−m),b(S(x)−v)). The fields are extended to Z\mathcal ZZ by replacing vvv with ∣v∣|v|∣v∣, and ZTη(z0)Z^\eta_T(z_0)ZTη​(z0​) denotes the set of solutions on [0,T)[0,T)[0,T), T∈(0,+∞]T \in (0,+\infty]T∈(0,+∞]. The Lyapunov function is V(t,z)=F(x)+12∑imi2/U(t,vi)V(t,z) = F(x) + \tfrac12\sum_i m_i^2/U(t,v_i)V(t,z)=F(x)+21​∑i​mi2​/U(t,vi​) with U(t,vi)=a(1−e−at)(ε+vi/(1−e−bt))U(t,v_i) = a(1-e^{-at})(\varepsilon + \sqrt{v_i/(1-e^{-bt})})U(t,vi​)=a(1−e−at)(ε+vi​/(1−e−bt)​), and its limit is V∞V_\inftyV∞​. The debiasing map is eˉ(t,z)=(x,m/(1−e−at),v/(1−e−bt))\bar e(t,z) = (x, m/(1-e^{-at}), v/(1-e^{-bt}))eˉ(t,z)=(x,m/(1−e−at),v/(1−e−bt)).

The hypotheses are those of §7 of the paper: FFF is C1C^1C1 with locally Lipschitz gradient (Assumption 7.1) and coercive (Assumption 2.3); SSS is locally Lipschitz (Assumption 7.2) with S(x)>0S(x) > 0S(x)>0 coordinatewise (Assumption 2.4); and 0<b≤4a0 < b \le 4a0<b≤4a (Assumption 2.5).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

For every x0∈Rdx_0 \in \mathbb R^dx0​∈Rd there is a global solution zzz of (ODE) with initial condition (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0) such that

z([0,+∞)) is bounded,z([0,+\infty)) \text{ is bounded},z([0,+∞)) is bounded,

and any two global solutions with initial condition (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0) coincide on [0,+∞)[0,+\infty)[0,+∞).

Milestones (§7.1–7.2, in the order of the proof)

  1. Lemma 7.3: solutions from (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0) are C1C^1C1 on [0,T)[0,T)[0,T), with x˙(0)=−∇F(x0)/(ε+S(x0))\dot x(0) = -\nabla F(x_0)/(\varepsilon+\sqrt{S(x_0)})x˙(0)=−∇F(x0​)/(ε+S(x0​)​), m˙(0)=a∇F(x0)\dot m(0) = a\nabla F(x_0)m˙(0)=a∇F(x0​), v˙(0)=bS(x0)\dot v(0) = bS(x_0)v˙(0)=bS(x0​).
  2. Lemma 7.4: solutions of every (ODEη)(\mathrm{ODE}_\eta)(ODEη​) from Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​ lie in Z+∗\mathcal Z_+^*Z+∗​ for t∈(0,T)t \in (0,T)t∈(0,T).
  3. Lemma 7.5: ⟨∇V∞,h∞⟩≤−ε∥am/U∞(v)∥2\langle \nabla V_\infty, h_\infty\rangle \le -\varepsilon\|am/U_\infty(v)\|^2⟨∇V∞​,h∞​⟩≤−ε∥am/U∞​(v)∥2 and ⟨∇V(t,z),(1,h(t,z))⟩≤−ε2∥am/U(t,v)∥2\langle \nabla V(t,z), (1, h(t,z))\rangle \le -\tfrac\varepsilon2 \|am/U(t,v)\|^2⟨∇V(t,z),(1,h(t,z))⟩≤−2ε​∥am/U(t,v)∥2 on Z+∗\mathcal Z_+^*Z+∗​.
  4. Proposition 7.6: one compact set contains eˉ(t+η,z(t))\bar e(t+\eta, z(t))eˉ(t+η,z(t)) for all η∈[0,∞)\eta \in [0,\infty)η∈[0,∞), all TTT and all solutions from (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0); and F(x(t))≤F(x0)F(x(t)) \le F(x_0)F(x(t))≤F(x0​).
  5. Lemma 7.8 ii): vi(t)≥cmin⁡(1,t)v_i(t) \ge c\min(1,t)vi​(t)≥cmin(1,t), uniformly in η∈[0,∞)\eta \in [0,\infty)η∈[0,∞).
  6. Corollary 7.9: global solutions of (ODE∞)(\mathrm{ODE}_\infty)(ODE∞​) and of (ODEη)(\mathrm{ODE}_\eta)(ODEη​), η>0\eta > 0η>0, exist.
  7. Lemma 7.10: the regularized solutions (zη)η>0(z_\eta)_{\eta>0}(zη​)η>0​ are equicontinuous.
  8. Proposition 7.11: existence for (ODE).
  9. Proposition 7.12: uniqueness for (ODE).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 makes the continuous-time Adam trajectory a well-defined object. The paper's convergence theorem for this trajectory (Theorem 3.2), its rate under a Łojasiewicz condition (Theorem 3.4) and the tracking result for the constant-step iterates (Theorem 4.3) are all stated about "the" solution, and the semiflow used for the asymptotic pseudotrajectory argument rests on the same uniqueness. The bound of Proposition 7.6 also gives the cost decrease F(x(t))≤F(x0)F(x(t)) \le F(x_0)F(x(t))≤F(x0​), which the authors read as evidence that the bias correction makes early Adam steps safe.

The result is proved in the paper, and as far as is known nothing here has been formalized; no statement about this ODE exists on the platform. The mission formalizes the statement and the numbered lemmas of its proof. A complete development would also be a worked example of existence for an ODE whose field is neither continuous in time at t=0t = 0t=0 nor Lipschitz in space, by regularization, compactness and passage to the limit.

Difficulty

Off-the-shelf theory does not apply. Cauchy–Lipschitz fails because h(t,⋅)h(t,\cdot)h(t,⋅) contains v\sqrt vv​, which is not Lipschitz at v=0v = 0v=0, and the initial condition has v=0v = 0v=0. Cauchy–Peano fails because h(⋅,z)h(\cdot,z)h(⋅,z) blows up as t↓0t \downarrow 0t↓0: the factor (1−e−at)−1(1-e^{-at})^{-1}(1−e−at)−1 behaves like 1/(at)1/(at)1/(at). The obvious remedy, shifting time by η>0\eta > 0η>0, gives solutions zηz_\etazη​, but passing to the limit η↓0\eta \downarrow 0η↓0 needs bounds uniform in η\etaη, both on the trajectory and on how far vvv stays from zero. Uniqueness then has to be proved by a Grönwall argument whose coefficient is not integrable at 000, so the initial behaviour of solutions must be controlled to second order. Solutions from initial conditions with m0≠0m_0 \ne 0m0​=0, v0=0v_0 = 0v0​=0 need not exist at all (p. 5), so the special initialization (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0) is essential, not cosmetic.

Formalization scope

Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and states are triples; Lean's norm on the product is the maximum of the three Euclidean norms, which changes no boundedness, compactness or continuity statement. FFF and SSS are abstract functions satisfying Assumptions 7.1, 7.2, 2.3 and 2.4, as in §7 of the paper. Under Assumption 2.2 the expectation-defined FFF and SSS of (2.2) satisfy these, so the goal implies the theorem as printed. Coercivity is Tendsto F (cocompact _) atTop. Solutions are maps R→Z\mathbb R \to \mathcal ZR→Z constrained only on [0,T)[0,T)[0,T): uniqueness is agreement on [0,+∞)[0,+\infty)[0,+∞), never ∃! over all functions. The field is evaluated only at t>0t > 0t>0, where Lean's (1 - exp 0)⁻¹ = 0 cannot interfere. η\etaη ranges over WithTop ℝ≥0 (⊤\top⊤ is +∞+\infty+∞ and selects h∞h_\inftyh∞​), and TTT over WithTop ℝ. The solution sets ZTηZ^\eta_TZTη​ are Z\mathcal ZZ-valued with the ∣v∣|v|∣v∣ extension, as on p. 12, so positivity of vvv is a theorem (Lemma 7.4), not an assumption.

A notion of solution without the differential equation, with it only away from t=0t = 0t=0 on a set like t≥1t \ge 1t≥1, or with a derivative not tied to hhh would make existence trivial. The definitions here require z˙(t)=h(t,z(t))\dot z(t) = h(t,z(t))z˙(t)=h(t,z(t)) at every t>0t > 0t>0, continuity at t=0t = 0t=0 and the exact initial value.

Mathlib provides Picard–Lindelöf, Grönwall-type bounds and Arzelà–Ascoli, but no Cauchy–Peano theorem; a reusable Peano existence theorem with maximal-interval extension would be a valuable contribution beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative proofs of the goal.

Selected references

  • A. Barakat, P. Bianchi, Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization, arXiv:1810.02263v4, 2020; SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.02263, https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1263443
  • D. P. Kingma, J. Ba, Adam: A Method for Stochastic Optimization, ICLR, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.6980
  • S. J. Reddi, S. Kale, S. Kumar, On the Convergence of Adam and Beyond, ICLR, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1904.09237
  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, LNM 1709, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization 2: The Continuous-Time Adam Trajectory Converges to the Critical Points of FResearch Paper

Motivation

Adam (Kingma and Ba, 2015) is the default optimizer for training neural networks. At step nnn it keeps an exponential moving average mnm_nmn​ of stochastic gradients and an exponential moving average vnv_nvn​ of their squared coordinates, corrects both for their initialization at zero (the bias correction or debiasing step), and moves the iterate by −γ m^n/(ε+v^n)-\gamma\,\hat m_n/(\varepsilon + \sqrt{\hat v_n})−γm^n​/(ε+v^n​​) coordinatewise. Despite its use, its convergence on nonconvex objectives was poorly understood when Barakat and Bianchi wrote their paper: Reddi, Kale and Kumar (2018) exhibited convex online problems on which constant-parameter Adam fails to converge, and earlier analyses either dropped the bias correction or replaced Adam by a modified algorithm.

Barakat and Bianchi (arXiv:1810.02263v4, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 2021) study Adam through the ODE method: as the step size γ→0\gamma \to 0γ→0 with 1−α∼aγ1-\alpha \sim a\gamma1−α∼aγ and 1−β∼bγ1-\beta \sim b\gamma1−β∼bγ, the interpolated iterates follow a non-autonomous ordinary differential equation, the continuous-time version of Adam. This mission formalizes their convergence theorem for that ODE (Theorem 3.2): trajectories started as Adam is started, with zero moment estimates, approach the critical points of the objective.

Setting

Let F:Rd→RF : \mathbb R^d \to \mathbb RF:Rd→R be continuously differentiable with locally Lipschitz gradient ∇F\nabla F∇F, and let S:Rd→RdS : \mathbb R^d \to \mathbb R^dS:Rd→Rd be locally Lipschitz. In the paper F(x)=Ef(x,ξ)F(x) = \mathbb E f(x,\xi)F(x)=Ef(x,ξ) is the objective and S(x)=E ∇f(x,ξ)⊙2S(x) = \mathbb E\,\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot 2}S(x)=E∇f(x,ξ)⊙2 the coordinatewise second moment of the stochastic gradient; §7 only uses the two properties above. Assume FFF is coercive (F(x)→+∞F(x) \to +\inftyF(x)→+∞ as ∥x∥→∞\|x\| \to \infty∥x∥→∞) and S(x)>0S(x) > 0S(x)>0 coordinatewise for every xxx. Fix constants a,b,ε>0a, b, \varepsilon > 0a,b,ε>0 with b≤4ab \le 4ab≤4a.

The state is z=(x,m,v)∈Z=Rd×Rd×Rdz = (x, m, v) \in \mathcal Z = \mathbb R^d \times \mathbb R^d \times \mathbb R^dz=(x,m,v)∈Z=Rd×Rd×Rd, and Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​ is the part where v≥0v \ge 0v≥0. All vector operations are coordinatewise. The Adam field (3.3) is, for t>0t > 0t>0,

h(t,z)=(−(1−e−at)−1 mε+(1−e−bt)−1v, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)),h(t, z) = \Big( -\frac{(1-e^{-at})^{-1}\, m}{\varepsilon + \sqrt{(1-e^{-bt})^{-1} v}},\ a(\nabla F(x) - m),\ b(S(x) - v) \Big),h(t,z)=(−ε+(1−e−bt)−1v​(1−e−at)−1m​, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)),

and (ODE) is z˙(t)=h(t,z(t))\dot z(t) = h(t, z(t))z˙(t)=h(t,z(t)). The factors (1−e−at)−1(1-e^{-at})^{-1}(1−e−at)−1 and (1−e−bt)−1(1-e^{-bt})^{-1}(1−e−bt)−1 are the continuous-time bias corrections; they blow up as t↓0t \downarrow 0t↓0. A global solution with initial condition (x0,0,0)(x_0, 0, 0)(x0​,0,0) is a continuous z:[0,+∞)→Z+z : [0, +\infty) \to \mathcal Z_+z:[0,+∞)→Z+​, continuously differentiable on (0,+∞)(0,+\infty)(0,+∞), satisfying (ODE) for every t>0t > 0t>0, with z(0)=(x0,0,0)z(0) = (x_0, 0, 0)z(0)=(x0​,0,0). The critical set is S={x:∇F(x)=0}\mathcal S = \{x : \nabla F(x) = 0\}S={x:∇F(x)=0}.

The proof passes through the autonomous field h∞(z)=lim⁡t→∞h(t,z)=(−m/(ε+v), a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v))h_\infty(z) = \lim_{t\to\infty} h(t,z) = (-m/(\varepsilon+\sqrt v),\ a(\nabla F(x)-m),\ b(S(x)-v))h∞​(z)=limt→∞​h(t,z)=(−m/(ε+v​), a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)), its semiflow Φ\PhiΦ on Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​, and the notions of equilibrium point, strict Lyapunov function and asymptotic pseudotrajectory (APT) of a semiflow.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

Assume in addition that F(S)F(\mathcal S)F(S) has empty interior in R\mathbb RR. For every global solution z=(x,m,v)z = (x, m, v)z=(x,m,v) with initial condition (x0,0,0)(x_0, 0, 0)(x0​,0,0), the set S\mathcal SS is non-empty and

lim⁡t→∞d(x(t),S)=0,lim⁡t→∞m(t)=0,lim⁡t→∞(S(x(t))−v(t))=0.\lim_{t\to\infty} d(x(t), \mathcal S) = 0, \qquad \lim_{t\to\infty} m(t) = 0, \qquad \lim_{t\to\infty} \big(S(x(t)) - v(t)\big) = 0 .t→∞lim​d(x(t),S)=0,t→∞lim​m(t)=0,t→∞lim​(S(x(t))−v(t))=0.

The theorem does not claim that x(t)x(t)x(t) converges; convergence to a single critical point needs a Łojasiewicz condition (Theorem 3.4, a separate mission).

Milestones

The milestones are the numbered results of §7.1–7.3 used in the proof, in the order the proof uses them: positivity of vvv along solutions (Lemma 7.4); decrease of V∞V_\inftyV∞​ along h∞h_\inftyh∞​ (Lemma 7.5, autonomous part); compactness of trajectories (Propositions 7.6, 7.7) and lower bounds on vvv (Lemma 7.8); well-posedness of the autonomous system and its semiflow (Proposition 7.13); the abstract limit-set theorem for APTs (Proposition 7.14, quoted from Benaïm); the strict Lyapunov function Wδ(x,m,v)=V∞(x,m,v)−δ⟨∇F(x),m⟩+δ∥S(x)−v∥2W_\delta(x,m,v) = V_\infty(x,m,v) - \delta\langle\nabla F(x), m\rangle + \delta\|S(x)-v\|^2Wδ​(x,m,v)=V∞​(x,m,v)−δ⟨∇F(x),m⟩+δ∥S(x)−v∥2 (Proposition 7.15); and the APT property of the (ODE) solution (Proposition 7.17).

Significance

Theorem 3.2 is the deterministic core of the paper's analysis of Adam. Combined with the paper's tracking result (constant-step Adam converges in probability to the ODE solution as γ→0\gamma \to 0γ→0, Theorem 4.3) it says that for small steps Adam's iterates spend their time near critical points of FFF; it is also the input of the decreasing-step almost-sure convergence theorem (Theorem 5.2) and of the convergence-rate theorem (Theorem 3.4), which both rely on the same Lyapunov function and limit-set argument. The condition b≤4ab \le 4ab≤4a under which the Lyapunov function decreases is satisfied by the default parameters α=0.9\alpha = 0.9α=0.9, β=0.999\beta = 0.999β=0.999.

The result is proved in the paper; to the best of current knowledge it has not been machine-checked. The mission produces a formal proof of the theorem, and reusable formal statements about semiflows on metric spaces: strict Lyapunov functions, and the limit set of a relatively compact asymptotic pseudotrajectory.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to show that V(t,z(t))=F(x)+12∥m∥U(t,v)−12V(t, z(t)) = F(x) + \tfrac12\|m\|^2_{U(t,v)^{-1}}V(t,z(t))=F(x)+21​∥m∥U(t,v)−12​ decreases and apply LaSalle's invariance principle. This fails on two counts. First, (ODE) is non-autonomous, and LaSalle's principle is a statement about autonomous systems: the derivative of VVV along the flow vanishes only on a set that depends on ttt. Second, the field is singular: h(⋅,z)h(\cdot, z)h(⋅,z) blows up at t=0t = 0t=0 and h(t,⋅)h(t, \cdot)h(t,⋅) is not Lipschitz near v=0v = 0v=0, because of v\sqrt vv​, so neither existence and uniqueness nor continuous dependence on initial data come from standard theorems. The energy V∞(z)=lim⁡t→∞V(t,z)V_\infty(z) = \lim_{t\to\infty} V(t,z)V∞​(z)=limt→∞​V(t,z) of the autonomous limit z˙=h∞(z)\dot z = h_\infty(z)z˙=h∞​(z) is a Lyapunov function but not a strict one: it is constant along some non-equilibrium orbits, so non-increase of an energy alone does not identify the limit points.

Formalization scope

Each block x,m,vx, m, vx,m,v lives in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and Z\mathcal ZZ is their product; Mathlib's norm on the product is the maximum of the three Euclidean norms, which is equivalent to the Euclidean norm of R3d\mathbb R^{3d}R3d and changes no statement. FFF and SSS are abstract, with the hypotheses of the paper's §7 (Assumptions 7.1, 7.2, 2.3, 2.4); this generality implies the printed theorem for the FFF, SSS of (2.2). Solutions are maps R→Z\mathbb R \to \mathcal ZR→Z constrained only on [0,+∞)[0, +\infty)[0,+∞) (or [0,T)[0, T)[0,T)), and the equation is required at t>0t > 0t>0 only. The field is extended off Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​ by v↦∣v∣v \mapsto |v|v↦∣v∣, as on p. 12 of the paper. A semiflow is Mathlib's Flow ℝ≥0 M, on the subtype Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​ or on a compact subset of it. The semiflow Φ\PhiΦ in the milestones is always assumed to be the flow of (ODE∞)(\mathrm{ODE}_\infty)(ODE∞​), never an arbitrary flow. The APT and limit-set definitions are the published StochApproxDyn.LimitSet ones.

The goal is stated for every global solution of the specific field (3.3), and keeps "S\mathcal SS is non-empty" in the conclusion. A statement about some solution of an unspecified field, or with "F(S)F(\mathcal S)F(S) has empty interior" strengthened to "S\mathcal SS is finite", is a different theorem and does not count.

A complete development needs: Grönwall-type comparison and chain-rule arguments along C1C^1C1 trajectories; well-posedness of the autonomous system on Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​ and continuity of its flow; and the limit-set theory of asymptotic pseudotrajectories (Benaïm 1999), adapted to strict Lyapunov functions in the paper's sense. The last part is independent of Adam and reusable in stochastic approximation. Contributions to any milestone are welcome; Propositions 7.13 and 7.14 are the largest pieces of infrastructure.

Selected references

  • A. Barakat, P. Bianchi, Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021; arXiv:1810.02263v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.02263v4
  • D. P. Kingma, J. Ba, Adam: A Method for Stochastic Optimization, ICLR 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.6980
  • S. J. Reddi, S. Kale, S. Kumar, On the Convergence of Adam and Beyond, ICLR 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1904.09237
  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Math. 1709, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimal TransportProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Minimax Statistical Learning with Wasserstein Distances III: Excess Local Minimax Risk of Wasserstein ERM When One Hypothesis Is SmoothResearch Paper

Motivation

In ordinary statistical learning, a hypothesis is chosen from training data drawn from a distribution PPP and judged by its risk under that same PPP. In practice the test distribution often differs from the training one: covariate shift, domain drift, adversarial perturbation of inputs. Distributionally robust learning replaces the risk at PPP by the worst risk over a neighbourhood of PPP. When the neighbourhood is a ball in a Wasserstein distance, the perturbed distributions may move mass to nearby points of the instance space rather than only reweight the observed ones, which makes the model a natural description of small domain drifts and adversarial perturbations (Esfahani–Kuhn 2018, Gao–Kleywegt 2016, Sinha–Namkoong–Duchi 2018).

Lee and Raginsky (NeurIPS 2018) asked whether minimising the empirical version of this worst-case risk learns: does the empirical minimiser come close, in worst-case risk, to the best hypothesis of the class, at the usual 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ rate? Their §3.2 answers yes when every hypothesis is uniformly Lipschitz. Their §3.3, the subject of this mission, removes that assumption: one hypothesis with controlled growth is enough.

Setting

The instance space Z\mathcal ZZ is a Polish metric space with metric dZd_{\mathcal Z}dZ​ and Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra; fix p≥1p\ge1p≥1. For Borel probability measures P,QP,QP,Q on Z\mathcal ZZ, the ppp-Wasserstein distance is

Wp(P,Q)=(inf⁡M EM[dZp(Z,Z′)])1/p,W_p(P,Q)=\Bigl(\inf_{M}\ \mathbf E_M[d^p_{\mathcal Z}(Z,Z')]\Bigr)^{1/p},Wp​(P,Q)=(Minf​ EM​[dZp​(Z,Z′)])1/p,

the infimum over couplings MMM of PPP and QQQ. For a radius ϱ>0\varrho>0ϱ>0, Bϱ,pW(P)={Q:Wp(P,Q)≤ϱ}B^W_{\varrho,p}(P)=\{Q:W_p(P,Q)\le\varrho\}Bϱ,pW​(P)={Q:Wp​(P,Q)≤ϱ} is the Wasserstein ball around PPP.

A hypothesis is a function f:Z→Rf:\mathcal Z\to\mathbb Rf:Z→R, read as a loss; a hypothesis class is a set F\mathcal FF of them. The risk of fff under QQQ is R(Q,f)=∫f dQR(Q,f)=\int f\,dQR(Q,f)=∫fdQ. The local worst-case risk and the local minimax risk are

Rϱ,p(P,f)=sup⁡Q∈Bϱ,pW(P)R(Q,f),Rϱ,p∗(P,F)=inf⁡f∈FRϱ,p(P,f).R_{\varrho,p}(P,f)=\sup_{Q\in B^W_{\varrho,p}(P)}R(Q,f),\qquad R^*_{\varrho,p}(P,\mathcal F)=\inf_{f\in\mathcal F}R_{\varrho,p}(P,f).Rϱ,p​(P,f)=Q∈Bϱ,pW​(P)sup​R(Q,f),Rϱ,p∗​(P,F)=f∈Finf​Rϱ,p​(P,f).

Given i.i.d. samples Z1,…,Zn∼PZ_1,\dots,Z_n\sim PZ1​,…,Zn​∼P with empirical distribution Pn=1n∑iδZiP_n=\frac1n\sum_i\delta_{Z_i}Pn​=n1​∑i​δZi​​, the local minimax ERM is

f^∈arg⁡min⁡f∈FRϱ,p(Pn,f).\hat f\in\arg\min_{f\in\mathcal F}R_{\varrho,p}(P_n,f).f^​∈argf∈Fmin​Rϱ,p​(Pn​,f).

The standing assumptions are:

  • Assumption 1. Z\mathcal ZZ is bounded: diam(Z)=sup⁡z,z′dZ(z,z′)<∞\mathrm{diam}(\mathcal Z)=\sup_{z,z'}d_{\mathcal Z}(z,z')<\inftydiam(Z)=supz,z′​dZ​(z,z′)<∞.
  • Assumption 2. Every f∈Ff\in\mathcal Ff∈F is upper semicontinuous with 0≤f(z)≤M0\le f(z)\le M0≤f(z)≤M.
  • Assumption 4. Some f0∈Ff_0\in\mathcal Ff0​∈F satisfies f0(z)≤C0 dZp(z,z0)f_0(z)\le C_0\,d^p_{\mathcal Z}(z,z_0)f0​(z)≤C0​dZp​(z,z0​) for all zzz, for some C0≥0C_0\ge0C0​≥0 and z0∈Zz_0\in\mathcal Zz0​∈Z.

The complexity of F\mathcal FF is measured by the entropy integral C(F)=∫0∞log⁡N(F,∥⋅∥∞,u) du\mathfrak C(\mathcal F)=\int_0^\infty\sqrt{\log\mathcal N(\mathcal F,\|\cdot\|_\infty,u)}\,duC(F)=∫0∞​logN(F,∥⋅∥∞​,u)​du, where N\mathcal NN is the covering number of F\mathcal FF in the uniform norm.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3, display (11)

Under Assumptions 1, 2 and 4, for every δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1), with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,

Rϱ,p(P,f^)−Rϱ,p∗(P,F)≤48 C(F)n+24 C0(2 diam(Z))pn(1+(diam(Z)ϱ)p)+3Mlog⁡(2/δ)2n.R_{\varrho,p}(P,\hat f)-R^*_{\varrho,p}(P,\mathcal F)\le\frac{48\,\mathfrak C(\mathcal F)}{\sqrt n}+\frac{24\,C_0(2\,\mathrm{diam}(\mathcal Z))^p}{\sqrt n}\Bigl(1+\Bigl(\frac{\mathrm{diam}(\mathcal Z)}{\varrho}\Bigr)^p\Bigr)+3M\sqrt{\frac{\log(2/\delta)}{2n}}.Rϱ,p​(P,f^​)−Rϱ,p∗​(P,F)≤n​48C(F)​+n​24C0​(2diam(Z))p​(1+(ϱdiam(Z)​)p)+3M2nlog(2/δ)​​.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 4 (Gao–Kleywegt strong duality): Rϱ,p(Q,f)=min⁡λ≥0{λϱp+EQ[φλ,f(Z)]}R_{\varrho,p}(Q,f)=\min_{\lambda\ge0}\{\lambda\varrho^p+\mathbf E_Q[\varphi_{\lambda,f}(Z)]\}Rϱ,p​(Q,f)=minλ≥0​{λϱp+EQ​[φλ,f​(Z)]} with φλ,f(z)=sup⁡z′{f(z′)−λdZp(z,z′)}\varphi_{\lambda,f}(z)=\sup_{z'}\{f(z')-\lambda d^p_{\mathcal Z}(z,z')\}φλ,f​(z)=supz′​{f(z′)−λdZp​(z,z′)}, in the bounded setting.
  2. Lemma 2: the optimal dual multiplier of a minimiser of Rϱ,p(Q,⋅)R_{\varrho,p}(Q,\cdot)Rϱ,p​(Q,⋅) lies in Λ=[0, C02p−1(1+(diam(Z)/ϱ)p)]\Lambda=[0,\,C_0 2^{p-1}(1+(\mathrm{diam}(\mathcal Z)/\varrho)^p)]Λ=[0,C0​2p−1(1+(diam(Z)/ϱ)p)].
  3. (C.2): for an achiever f∗f^*f∗ of Rϱ,p∗(P,F)R^*_{\varrho,p}(P,\mathcal F)Rϱ,p∗​(P,F), Rϱ,p(Pn,f∗)−Rϱ,p(P,f∗)≤∫φλ∗,f∗ d(Pn−P)R_{\varrho,p}(P_n,f^*)-R_{\varrho,p}(P,f^*)\le\int\varphi_{\lambda^*,f^*}\,d(P_n-P)Rϱ,p​(Pn​,f∗)−Rϱ,p​(P,f∗)≤∫φλ∗,f∗​d(Pn​−P).
  4. (C.3): Rϱ,p(P,f^)−Rϱ,p(Pn,f^)≤sup⁡φ∈Φ∫φ d(P−Pn)R_{\varrho,p}(P,\hat f)-R_{\varrho,p}(P_n,\hat f)\le\sup_{\varphi\in\Phi}\int\varphi\,d(P-P_n)Rϱ,p​(P,f^​)−Rϱ,p​(Pn​,f^​)≤supφ∈Φ​∫φd(P−Pn​), with Φ={φλ,f:λ∈Λ,f∈F}\Phi=\{\varphi_{\lambda,f}:\lambda\in\Lambda,f\in\mathcal F\}Φ={φλ,f​:λ∈Λ,f∈F}.
  5. (C.4): with probability at least 1−δ/21-\delta/21−δ/2, the left side of (C.3) is at most 2Rn(Φ)+M2log⁡(2/δ)/n2\mathfrak R_n(\Phi)+M\sqrt{2\log(2/\delta)/n}2Rn​(Φ)+M2log(2/δ)/n​, where Rn\mathfrak R_nRn​ is the expected Rademacher average.
  6. (C.5): with probability at least 1−δ/21-\delta/21−δ/2, Rϱ,p(Pn,f∗)−Rϱ,p(P,f∗)≤Mlog⁡(2/δ)/(2n)R_{\varrho,p}(P_n,f^*)-R_{\varrho,p}(P,f^*)\le M\sqrt{\log(2/\delta)/(2n)}Rϱ,p​(Pn​,f∗)−Rϱ,p​(P,f∗)≤Mlog(2/δ)/(2n)​.
  7. Lemma 5: Rn(Φ)≤24nC(F)+12C0(2 diam(Z))pn(1+(diam(Z)/ϱ)p)\mathfrak R_n(\Phi)\le\frac{24}{\sqrt n}\mathfrak C(\mathcal F)+\frac{12C_0(2\,\mathrm{diam}(\mathcal Z))^p}{\sqrt n}(1+(\mathrm{diam}(\mathcal Z)/\varrho)^p)Rn​(Φ)≤n​24​C(F)+n​12C0​(2diam(Z))p​(1+(diam(Z)/ϱ)p).

The goal carries the paper's constants. The mission does not ask for sharper constants; a proof of the stated bound closes it.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 is a generalisation guarantee for Wasserstein distributionally robust ERM that needs no uniform smoothness of the class. The uniformly Lipschitz assumption of the companion Theorem 2 fails for most classes of interest when p>1p>1p>1: a function with sup⁡z,z′(f(z′)−f(z))/dZp(z,z′)<∞\sup_{z,z'}(f(z')-f(z))/d^p_{\mathcal Z}(z,z')<\inftysupz,z′​(f(z′)−f(z))/dZp​(z,z′)<∞ is constant (p. 6). Assumption 4 holds, for example, for regression with quadratic loss whenever the predictor class contains the zero predictor (p. 6). The second term of (11) decreases as ϱ\varrhoϱ grows, which quantifies how a larger ambiguity set screens out non-smooth hypotheses (Remark 4).

Formalizing it. The theorem has a published pen-and-paper proof (Appendix C.5 of the arXiv version); it has no machine-checked proof. A formalization produces machine-checked statements of the dual characterisation of Wasserstein worst-case risk on a bounded Polish space, of a symmetrization-plus-McDiarmid uniform deviation bound for a parametrised class, and of a Dudley-entropy bound on a product class. The proof (C.5) on p. 16 starts from an achiever f∗f^*f∗ of Rϱ,p∗(P,F)R^*_{\varrho,p}(P,\mathcal F)Rϱ,p∗​(P,F), which need not exist; the goal is stated without that assumption, so a complete proof also handles the infimum.

Difficulty

The obvious argument decomposes the excess risk through f∗f^*f∗ and bounds Rϱ,p(P,f^)−Rϱ,p(Pn,f^)R_{\varrho,p}(P,\hat f)-R_{\varrho,p}(P_n,\hat f)Rϱ,p​(P,f^​)−Rϱ,p​(Pn​,f^​) by a uniform deviation over F\mathcal FF. That step fails: Rϱ,p(⋅,f)R_{\varrho,p}(\cdot,f)Rϱ,p​(⋅,f) is a supremum over a ball of measures, not an expectation, so it is not an empirical process in fff. Passing to the dual makes it one, but the dual multiplier λ^\hat\lambdaλ^ depends on the sample and has no a priori bound, so the class {φλ,f}\{\varphi_{\lambda,f}\}{φλ,f​} over all λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 is too large. Without uniform smoothness of F\mathcal FF there is no obvious a priori bound on λ^\hat\lambdaλ^, and the entropy of the resulting two-parameter class must still be controlled at rate 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​. Strong duality itself (Proposition 4) needs the existence of optimal couplings and a measurable-selection argument on a Polish space; it is not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

  • Z\mathcal ZZ is a MetricSpace with BorelSpace and PolishSpace instances; Assumption 1 is Bornology.IsBounded (Set.univ : Set 𝒵), and diam(Z)\mathrm{diam}(\mathcal Z)diam(Z) is Metric.diam Set.univ. Throughout, p≥1p\ge1p≥1 and ϱ>0\varrho>0ϱ>0 (the paper's standing choice, p. 3).
  • The Wasserstein distance and ball are the published definitions WassersteinLinOpt.Ball.wassersteinDist and wassersteinBall, which range over all Borel probability measures; on a bounded space this equals the paper's Pp(Z)\mathcal P_p(\mathcal Z)Pp​(Z) ball.
  • Local risks, φλ,f\varphi_{\lambda,f}φλ,f​, Λ\LambdaΛ, Φ\PhiΦ and Rn\mathfrak R_nRn​ are real-valued suprema and infima, used only for classes bounded in [0,M][0,M][0,M], where they are finite.
  • The sample is a point of Zn\mathcal Z^nZn under P⊗nP^{\otimes n}P⊗n. "With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" means the outer measure of the failure set is at most δ\deltaδ; this equals the probability when the set is measurable and is stronger otherwise.
  • The ERM is a sample-indexed function f^\hat ff^​ with hypotheses f^(ω)∈F\hat f(\omega)\in\mathcal Ff^​(ω)∈F and minimality of Rϱ,p(Pn,⋅)R_{\varrho,p}(P_n,\cdot)Rϱ,p​(Pn​,⋅). These hypotheses presuppose that an empirical minimiser exists, as (7) does. No measurability of f^\hat ff^​ is assumed.
  • The covering number is internal (centres in F\mathcal FF). C(F)\mathfrak C(\mathcal F)C(F) is valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and every bound containing it assumes C(F)<∞\mathfrak C(\mathcal F)<\inftyC(F)<∞: otherwise the paper's bound is +∞+\infty+∞, while its conversion to a real number would be 000.
  • Proposition 4 is stated for bounded upper semicontinuous fff on bounded Z\mathcal ZZ, the only case the paper uses. The printed statement covers every usc fff and every Q∈Pp(Z)Q\in\mathcal P_p(\mathcal Z)Q∈Pp​(Z).
  • (C.2) and (C.5) assume an achiever f∗f^*f∗, as printed; the goal does not.

The following formalizations would trivialize the goal and are ruled out: a bound for each fixed f∈Ff\in\mathcal Ff∈F in place of Rϱ,p∗(P,F)R^*_{\varrho,p}(P,\mathcal F)Rϱ,p∗​(P,F); an f^\hat ff^​ defined by Classical.choose of an unproved existence; a supremum over all measures instead of over the ball; and the real conversion of an infinite C(F)\mathfrak C(\mathcal F)C(F).

The infrastructure is reusable beyond this mission: Wasserstein strong duality on Polish spaces (Proposition 4 specialises the general optimal-transport duality of Blanchet–Murthy 2019, whose transport-plan form is a proved theorem on the platform as ModelRiskOT.Duality.theorem_1); Dudley's entropy bound for sub-Gaussian processes indexed by infinite classes; and McDiarmid's inequality for suprema of empirical processes. Contributions of these general tools, as separate theorems, are welcome. Source: the arXiv v2 preprint, which is the NeurIPS 2018 camera-ready text followed by the supplementary appendices.

Selected references

  • J. Lee, M. Raginsky, Minimax statistical learning with Wasserstein distances, NeurIPS 2018; arXiv:1705.07815v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1705.07815
  • R. Gao, A. J. Kleywegt, Distributionally robust stochastic optimization with Wasserstein distance, arXiv:1604.02199, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.02199
  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying distributional model risk via optimal transport, Mathematics of Operations Research 44(2), 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0936
  • P. Mohajerin Esfahani, D. Kuhn, Data-driven distributionally robust optimization using the Wasserstein metric, Mathematical Programming 171, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-017-1172-1
  • A. Sinha, H. Namkoong, J. Duchi, Certifying some distributional robustness with principled adversarial training, ICLR 2018; arXiv:1710.10571. https://arxiv.org/abs/1710.10571
  • R. M. Dudley, The sizes of compact subsets of Hilbert space and continuity of Gaussian processes, Journal of Functional Analysis 1, 1967. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-1236(67)90017-1
13 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 8 of 9Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me